10-K 1 d10k.htm FORM 10-K Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D. C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

OR

 

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 0-13089

 

 

Hancock Holding Company

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Mississippi   64-0693170
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

 

One Hancock Plaza, Gulfport, Mississippi   39501   (228) 868-4727
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)   Registrant’s telephone number, including area code

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

COMMON STOCK, $3.33 PAR VALUE   The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC
(Title of Class)   (Name of Exchange on Which Registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  x  No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):

 

Large accelerated filer

 

x

  

Accelerated filer

 

¨

Non-accelerated filer

 

¨

  

Smaller reporting company

 

¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2010 was $1,177,419,750 based upon the closing market price on NASDAQ as of such date. For purposes of this calculation only, shares held by nonaffiliates are deemed to consist of (a) shares held by all shareholders other than directors and executive officers of the registrant plus (b) shares held by directors and officers as to which beneficial ownership has been disclaimed.

On February 1, 2011, the registrant had outstanding 36,914,746 shares of common stock for financial statement purposes.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement used in connection with the Registrant’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on March 31, 2011 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.


Table of Contents

Hancock Holding Company

Form 10-K

Index

 

PART I

     

ITEM 1.

  

BUSINESS

     1   

ITEM 1A.

  

RISK FACTORS

     13   

ITEM 1B.

  

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

     22   

ITEM 2.

  

PROPERTIES

     22   

ITEM 3.

  

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     22   

ITEM 4.

  

[REMOVED AND RESERVED]

     22   

PART II

     

ITEM 5.

  

MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

     23   

ITEM 6.

  

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     26   

ITEM 7.

  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     29   

ITEM 7A.

  

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     57   

ITEM 8.

  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     58   

ITEM 9.

  

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     112   

ITEM 9A.

  

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     113   

ITEM 9B.

  

OTHER INFORMATION

     113   

PART III

     

ITEM 10.

  

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

     114   

ITEM 11.

  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     114   

ITEM 12.

  

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     114   

ITEM 13.

  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

     114   

ITEM 14.

  

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

     114   

PART IV

     

ITEM 15.

  

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

     114   


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

ORGANIZATION AND RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

Hancock Holding Company (the Company), organized in 1984 as a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, is headquartered in Gulfport, Mississippi. In 2002, the Company qualified as a financial holding company giving it broader powers. The Company operates through three wholly-owned bank subsidiaries, Hancock Bank, Gulfport, Mississippi (Hancock Bank MS), Hancock Bank of Louisiana, Baton Rouge, Louisiana (Hancock Bank LA) and Hancock Bank of Alabama, Mobile, Alabama (Hancock Bank AL). Hancock Bank MS, Hancock Bank LA and Hancock Bank AL are referred to collectively as the “Banks”.

On December 22, 2010, the Company and Whitney Holding Corporation entered into a definitive agreement for Whitney to merge into the Company in a stock-for-stock transaction. The transaction was approved unanimously by both companies’ boards of directors. Under the terms of the agreement, subject to shareholder and regulatory approval and other customary conditions, shareholders of Whitney Holding Corporation will receive 0.418 shares of the Company’s common stock in exchange for each share of Whitney common stock. In connection with the merger, the Company plans to issue common equity for net proceeds of approximately $220 million and, subject to the receipt of requisite approvals, expects to repurchase all of Whitney’s TARP preferred stock and warrants held by the U.S. Treasury at closing.

The Banks are community oriented and focus primarily on offering commercial, consumer and mortgage loans and deposit services to individuals and small to middle market businesses in their respective market areas. The Company’s operating strategy is to provide its customers with the financial sophistication and breadth of products of a regional bank, while successfully retaining the local appeal and level of service of a community bank. At December 31, 2010, the Company had total assets of $8.1 billion and 2,271 employees on a full-time equivalent basis.

Hancock Bank MS was originally chartered as Hancock County Bank in 1899. Since its organization, the strategy of Hancock Bank MS has been to achieve a dominant market share on the Mississippi Gulf Coast. On December 18, 2009, the Company acquired the assets and assumed the liabilities of Panama City, FL, based Peoples First Community Bank (Peoples First). Effective January 1, 2010, Hancock Bank of Florida merged into Hancock Bank. Prior to a series of acquisitions begun in 1985, growth was primarily internal and was accomplished by branch expansions in areas of population growth where no dominant financial institution previously served the market area. The main economic industries on the Mississippi Gulf Coast are military and government-related facilities, tourism, port facility activities, industrial complexes and the gaming industry. Based on the most current available published data, Hancock Bank MS has the largest deposit market share in each of the following five counties: Harrison, Hancock, Jackson, Lamar and Pearl River. At December 31, 2010, Hancock Bank MS had total assets of $5.0 billion and 1,660 employees on a full-time equivalent basis.

In August 1990, the Company formed Hancock Bank LA to assume the deposit liabilities and acquire the consumer loan portfolio, corporate credit card portfolio and non-adversely classified securities portfolio of American Bank and Trust, Baton Rouge, Louisiana, (AmBank), from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). The main economic industries in East Baton Rouge Parish are state government and related service industries, educational and medical complexes, petrochemical industries, port facility activities and transportation and related industries. With the purchase of two Dryades Savings Bank, F.S.B. branches in 2003 and the 2007 opening of a new financial center in New Orleans’ Central Business District, Hancock Bank LA established a long-awaited presence in the Greater New Orleans area. At December 31, 2010, Hancock Bank LA had total assets of $2.9 billion and 565 employees on a full-time equivalent basis.

In February 2007, Hancock Bank AL was incorporated in Mobile, AL. During 2007 and 2008, five branches have been opened to serve the Mobile area and Alabama’s Eastern Shore. At December 31, 2010, Hancock Bank AL had total assets of $195.7 million and 46 employees on a full-time equivalent basis.

 

1


Table of Contents

CURRENT OPERATIONS

Loan Production and Credit Review

The Banks’ primary lending focus is to provide commercial, consumer, commercial leasing and real estate loans to consumers and to small and middle market businesses in their respective market areas. The Banks have no significant concentrations of loans to particular borrowers or industries or loans to any foreign entities. Each loan officer has Board approved loan limits on the principal amount of secured and unsecured loans that can be approved for a single borrower without prior approval of one or more Regional Credit Officers. All loans, however, must meet the credit underwriting standards and loan policies of the Banks.

All loans over an individual loan officer’s Board approved lending authority must be approved by one of the Bank’s centralized loan underwriting units, by a senior lender or one or more Regional Credit Officers. Each loan file is reviewed by the Bank’s loan operations quality assurance function, a component of its loan review system, to ensure proper documentation and asset quality.

Loan Review and Asset Quality

Each Bank’s portfolio of loan relationships aggregating $500,000 or more is reviewed every 12 to 18 months by the Bank’s Loan Review staff to identify any deficiencies and report them to management to take corrective actions as necessary. Periodically, selected loan relationships aggregating less than $500,000 are also reviewed. As a result of such reviews, each Bank places on its Watch list loans requiring close or frequent review. All Watch list and past due loans are reviewed monthly by the Banks’ senior lending officers. All Watch list loans are reviewed monthly by the Bank’s Asset Quality Committee and quarterly by the Banks’ Board of Directors’ Loan Oversight Committee.

In addition, in the approval process, all loans to a particular borrower are considered, regardless of classification, each time such borrower requests a renewal or extension of any loan or requests a new loan. All lines of credit are reviewed before renewal. The Banks currently have mechanisms in place that require borrowers to submit annual financial statements, except borrowers with secured installment and residential mortgage loans.

Consumer loans which become 30 days delinquent are reviewed regularly by management. As a matter of policy, loans are placed on a non-accrual status when (1) payment in full, of principal or interest is not expected or (2) the principal or interest has been in default for a period of 90 days, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection.

The Banks follow the standard FDIC loan classification system. This system provides management with (1) a general view of the quality of the overall loan portfolio (each Bank’s loan portfolio and each commercial loan officer’s loan portfolio) and (2) information on specific loans that may need individual attention.

The Bank’s nonperforming assets, consisting of real property, vehicles and other items held for resale, were acquired generally through the process of foreclosure. At December 31, 2010, the book value of those assets held for resale was approximately $33.3 million.

Securities Portfolio

The Banks maintain portfolios of securities consisting primarily of U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. government agency issues, agency mortgage-backed securities, agency CMOs and tax-exempt obligations of states and political subdivisions. The portfolios are designed to provide liquidity to fund loan growth and deposit outflows while maximizing interest income within pre-defined risk parameters. Therefore, the Banks invest only in high quality securities of investment grade quality and with a target effective duration, for the overall portfolio, generally between two to five years.

The Banks’ policies limit investments to securities having a rating of no less than “Baa”, or its equivalent by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Agency, except for certain obligations of Mississippi, Louisiana, Florida or Alabama counties, parishes and municipalities.

 

2


Table of Contents

Deposits

The Banks have several programs designed to attract depository accounts offered to consumers and to small and middle market businesses at interest rates generally consistent with market conditions. Additionally, the Banks operate more than 160 ATMs at the Company’s banking offices as well as free-standing ATMs at other locations. As members of regional and international ATM networks such as “STAR”, “PLUS” and “CIRRUS”, the Banks offer customers access to their depository accounts from regional, national and international ATM facilities. Deposit flows are controlled by the Banks primarily through pricing, and to a certain extent, through promotional activities. Management believes that the rates it offers, which are posted weekly on deposit accounts, are generally competitive with other financial institutions in the Banks’ respective market areas.

Trust Services

The Banks, through their respective Trust Departments, offer a full range of trust services on a fee basis. The Banks act as executor, administrator or guardian in administering estates. Also provided are investment custodial services for individuals, businesses and charitable and religious organizations. In their trust capacities, the Banks provide investment management services on an agency basis and act as trustee for pension plans, profit sharing plans, corporate and municipal bond issues, living trusts, life insurance trusts and various other types of trusts created by or for individuals, businesses and charitable and religious organizations. As of December 31, 2010, the Trust Departments of the Banks had approximately $8.3 billion of assets under administration compared to $7.5 billion as of December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2010, $4.1 billion of administered assets were corporate trust accounts and the remaining balances were personal, employee benefit, estate and other trust accounts.

Operating Efficiency Strategy

The primary focus of the Company’s operating strategy is to increase operating income and to reduce operating expense. A Company’s operating efficiency ratio indicates the percentage of each dollar of net revenue that is used to fund operating expenses. Net revenue for a financial institution is the total of net interest income plus non-interest income, excluding securities transactions gains or losses. Operating expenses exclude the amortization of intangibles.

Other Activities

Hancock Bank MS has 6 subsidiaries through which it engages in the following activities: providing consumer financing services; owning, managing and maintaining certain real property; providing general insurance agency services; holding investment securities; marketing credit life insurance; and providing discount investment brokerage services. The income of these subsidiaries generally accounts for less than 10% of the Company’s total net earnings.

During 2001, the Company began servicing mortgage loans for the Federal National Mortgage Association. At that time the loans serviced were originated and closed by the Company’s mortgage subsidiary. The servicing activity was also performed by this same subsidiary. In the middle of 2003, however, the Company modified its strategy and reverted to selling the majority of its conforming loans with servicing released. In December 2004, the Company’s mortgage subsidiary merged with Hancock Bank MS, its parent. Currently all mortgage activity is being reported by Hancock Bank MS, Hancock Bank of Louisiana and Hancock Bank of Alabama.

Hancock Bank MS also owns approximately 3,700 acres of timberland in Hancock County, Mississippi, most of which was acquired through foreclosure in the 1930’s. Timber sales and oil and gas leases on this acreage generate less than 1% of the Company’s annual net income.

Competition

The deregulation of the financial services industry, the elimination of many previous distinctions between commercial banks and other financial institutions as well as legislation enacted in Mississippi, Louisiana and other states allowing state-wide branching, multi-bank holding companies and regional interstate banking have all served to foster a highly competitive environment for commercial banking in our market area. The principal competitive factors in the markets for deposits and loans are interest rates and fee structures associated with the various products offered. We also compete through the efficiency, quality, range of services and products we provide, as well as the convenience provided by an extensive network of customer access channels including local branch offices, ATM’s, online banking, and telebanking centers. Access to the bank’s extensive network of customer access points is further enhanced by convenient hours including Saturday banking at selected branch locations and through the bank’s telebanking service center.

 

3


Table of Contents

In attracting deposits and in our lending activities, we generally compete with other commercial banks, savings associations, credit unions, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, securities brokerage firms, mutual funds and insurance companies and other financial institutions.

Available Information

We maintain an internet website at www.hancockbank.com. We make available free of charge on the website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Our Annual Report to Stockholders is also available on our website. These reports are made available on our website as soon as reasonably practical after the reports are filed with the Commission. Information on our website is not incorporated into this Form 10-K or our other securities filings and is not part of them.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

Bank Holding Company Regulation

General

The Company is subject to extensive regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Federal Reserve) pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the Bank Holding Company Act). On January 26, 2002 the Company qualified as a financial holding company, giving it broader powers as discussed below. To date, the Company has exercised its powers as a financial holding company to acquire a non-controlling interest in a third party service provider for insurance companies and, in December 2003, acquired Magna Insurance Company. The Company also is required to file certain reports with, and otherwise complies with the rules and regulations of, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) under federal securities laws.

Federal Regulation

The Bank Holding Company Act generally prohibits a corporation owning a bank from engaging in activities other than banking, managing or controlling banks or other permissible subsidiaries. Acquiring or obtaining control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company engaged in activities other than those activities determined by the Federal Reserve to be so closely related to banking, managing or controlling banks as to be proper incident thereto is also prohibited. In determining whether a particular activity is permissible, the Federal Reserve considers whether the performance of the activity can reasonably be expected to produce benefits to the public that outweigh possible adverse effects. For example: making, acquiring or servicing loans; leasing personal property; providing certain investment or financial advice; performing certain data processing services; acting as agent or broker in selling credit life insurance, and performing certain insurance underwriting activities have all been determined by regulations of the Federal Reserve to be permissible activities. The Bank Holding Company Act does not place territorial limitations on permissible bank-related activities of bank holding companies. Despite prior approval, however, the Federal Reserve has the power to order a holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or its control of any subsidiary when it has reasonable cause to believe that continuation of such activity or control of such subsidiary constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any bank subsidiary of that holding company.

The Bank Holding Company Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve: (1) before it may acquire ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank if, after such acquisition, such bank holding company will own or control more than 5% of the voting shares of such bank, (2) before it or any of its subsidiaries other than a bank may acquire all of the assets of a bank, (3) before it may merge with any other bank holding company, or (4) before it may engage in permissible non-banking activities. In reviewing a proposed acquisition, the Federal Reserve considers financial, managerial and competitive aspects. The future prospects of the companies and banks concerned and the convenience and needs of the community to be served must also be considered. The Federal Reserve also reviews the indebtedness to be incurred by a bank holding company in connection with the proposed acquisition to ensure that the holding company can service such indebtedness without adversely affecting the capital requirements of the holding company or its subsidiaries. The Bank Holding Company Act further requires that consummation of approved bank holding company or bank acquisitions or mergers must be delayed for a period of not less than 15 or more than 30 days following the date of approval. During such 15 to 30-day period, complaining parties may obtain a review of the Federal Reserve’s order granting its approval by filing a petition in the appropriate United States Court of Appeals petitioning that the order be set aside.

 

4


Table of Contents

On November 12, 1999, President Clinton signed into law the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “Financial Services Modernization Act”). The Financial Services Modernization Act repeals the two affiliation provisions of the Glass-Steagall Act: Section 20, which restricted the affiliation of Federal Reserve Member Banks with firms “engaged principally” in specified securities activities; and Section 32, which restricts officer, director, or employee interlocks between a member bank and any company or person “primarily engaged” in specified securities activities. In addition, the Financial Services Modernization Act also contained provisions that expressly preempt any state law restricting the establishment of financial affiliations, primarily related to insurance. The general effect of the law is to establish a comprehensive framework to permit affiliations among qualified bank holding companies, commercial banks, insurance companies, securities firms, and other financial service providers by revising and expanding the Bank Holding Company Act framework to permit a holding company system to engage in a full range of financial activities through a new entity known as a Financial Holding Company.

The Financial Services Modernization Act requires that each bank subsidiary of a financial holding company be well capitalized and well managed as determined by the subsidiary bank’s principal regulator. To be considered well managed, the bank must have received at least a satisfactory composite rating and a satisfactory management rating at its last examination. To be well capitalized, the bank must have a leverage capital ratio of 5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 10%. These ratios are discussed further below. In the event a financial holding company becomes aware that a subsidiary bank ceases to be well capitalized or well managed, it must notify the Federal Reserve and enter into an agreement to cure such condition. The consequences of a failure to cure such condition are that the Federal Reserve Board may order divestiture of the bank. Alternatively, a financial holding company may comply with such order by ceasing to engage in the financial holding company activities that are unrelated to banking or otherwise impermissible for a bank holding company.

The Federal Reserve has adopted capital adequacy guidelines for use in its examination and regulation of bank holding companies and financial holding companies. The regulatory capital of a bank holding company or financial holding company under applicable federal capital adequacy guidelines is particularly important in the Federal Reserve’s evaluation of a holding company and any applications by the bank holding company to the Federal Reserve. If regulatory capital falls below minimum guideline levels, a financial holding company may lose its status as a financial holding company and a bank holding company or bank may be denied approval to acquire or establish additional banks or non-bank businesses or to open additional facilities. In addition, a financial institution’s failure to meet minimum regulatory capital standards can lead to other penalties, including termination of deposit insurance or appointment of a conservator or receiver for the financial institution. There are two measures of regulatory capital presently applicable to bank holding companies: (1) risk-based capital and (2) leverage capital ratios.

The Federal Reserve rates bank holding companies by a component and composite 1-5 rating system. This system is designed to help identify institutions, which require special attention. Financial institutions are assigned ratings based on evaluation and rating of their financial condition and operations. Components reviewed include capital adequacy, asset quality, management capability, the quality and level of earnings, the adequacy of liquidity and sensitivity to interest rate fluctuations.

The leverage ratios adopted by the Federal Reserve require all but the most highly rated bank holding companies to maintain Tier 1 Capital at 4% of total assets. Certain bank holding companies having a composite 1 rating and not experiencing or anticipating significant growth may satisfy the Federal Reserve guidelines by maintaining Tier 1 Capital of at least 3% of total assets. Tier 1 Capital for bank holding companies includes: stockholders’ equity, non-controlling interest in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries and qualifying perpetual preferred stock. In addition, Tier 1 Capital excludes goodwill and other disallowed intangibles. The Company’s leverage capital ratio at December 31, 2010 was 9.65% and 10.60% at December 31, 2009.

 

5


Table of Contents

The risk-based capital guidelines are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks and bank holding companies, to account for off-balance sheet exposure and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Under the risk-based capital guidelines, assets are assigned to one of four risk categories: 0%, 20% 50% and 100%. As an example, U.S. Treasury securities are assigned to the 0% risk category while most categories of loans are assigned to the 100% risk category. A two-step process determines the risk weight of off-balance sheet items such as standby letters of credit. First, the amount of the off-balance sheet item is multiplied by a credit conversion factor of either 0%, 20%, 50% or 100%. The result is then assigned to one of the four risk categories. At December 31, 2010, the Company’s off-balance sheet items aggregated $1.0 billion; however, after the credit conversion these items represented $407.2 million of balance sheet equivalents.

The primary component of risk-based capital is Tier 1 Capital, which for the Company is essentially equal to common stockholders’ equity, less goodwill and other intangibles. Tier 2 Capital, which consists primarily of the excess of any perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, subordinated debt and general allowances for loan losses, is a secondary component of risk-based capital. The risk-weighted asset base is equal to the sum of the aggregate dollar values of assets and off-balance sheet items in each risk category, multiplied by the weight assigned to that category. A ratio of Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 4% and a ratio of Total Capital (Tier 1 and Tier 2) to risk-weighted assets of at least 8% must be maintained by bank holding companies. At December 31, 2010, the Company’s Tier 1 and Total Capital ratios were 15.34% and 16.60%, respectively. At December 31, 2009, the Company’s Tier 1 and Total Capital ratios were 11.99% and 13.04%, respectively.

The prior approval of the Federal Reserve must be obtained before the Company may acquire substantially all the assets of any bank, or ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank, if, after such acquisition, it would own or control, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the voting shares of such bank. In no case, however, may the Federal Reserve approve an acquisition of any bank located outside Mississippi unless such acquisition is specifically authorized by the laws of the state in which the bank to be acquired is located. The banking laws of Mississippi presently permit out-of-state banking organizations to acquire Mississippi banking organizations, provided the Mississippi banking organization has been operating for at least five years. In addition, Mississippi banking organizations were granted similar powers to acquire certain out-of-state financial institutions pursuant to the Interstate Bank Branching Act, which was adopted in 1994.

With the passage of The Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994, adequately capitalized and managed bank holding companies are permitted to acquire control of banks in any state, subject to federal regulatory approval, without regard to whether such a transaction is prohibited by the laws of any state. Beginning June 1, 1997, federal banking regulators may approve merger transactions involving banks located in different states, without regard to laws of any state prohibiting such transactions; except that, mergers may not be approved with respect to banks located in states that, before June 1, 1997, enacted legislation prohibiting mergers by banks located in such state with out-of-state institutions. Federal banking regulators may permit an out-of-state bank to open new branches in another state if such state has enacted legislation permitting interstate branching. The legislation further provides that a bank holding company may not, following an interstate acquisition, control more than 10% of nationwide insured deposits or 30% of deposits in the relevant state. States have the right to adopt legislation to lower the 30% limit. Additional provisions require that interstate activities conform to the Community Reinvestment Act.

The Company is required to give the Federal Reserve prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of its outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, is equal to 10% or more of the Company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve may disapprove such a transaction if it determines that the proposal constitutes an unsafe or unsound practice, would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve order or directive or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve.

In November 1985, the Federal Reserve adopted its Policy Statement on Cash Dividends Not Fully Covered by Earnings (the Policy Statement). The Policy Statement sets forth various guidelines that the Federal Reserve believes that a bank holding company should follow in establishing its dividend policy. In general, the Federal Reserve stated that bank holding companies should pay dividends only out of current earnings. It also stated that dividends should not be paid unless the prospective rate of earnings retention by the holding company appears consistent with its capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.

 

6


Table of Contents

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Banks. There are various restrictions that limit the ability of the Banks to finance, pay dividends or otherwise supply funds to the Company or other affiliates. In addition, subsidiary banks of holding companies are subject to certain restrictions on any extension of credit to the bank holding company or any of its subsidiaries, on investments in the stock or other securities thereof and on the taking of such stock or securities as collateral for loans to any borrower. Further, a bank holding company and its subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with extensions of credit, or leases or sales of property or furnishing of services.

Bank Regulation

The operations of the Banks are subject to state and federal statutes applicable to state banks and the regulations of the Federal Reserve and the FDIC. The operation of the Banks may also be subject to applicable OCC regulation, to the extent states banks are granted parity with national banks. Such statutes and regulations relate to, among other things, required reserves, investments, loans, mergers and consolidations, issuance of securities, payment of dividends, establishment of branches and other aspects of the Banks’ operations.

Hancock Bank MS is subject to regulation and periodic examinations by the FDIC and the State of Mississippi Department of Banking and Consumer Finance. Hancock Bank LA is subject to regulation and periodic examinations by the FDIC and the Office of Financial Institutions, State of Louisiana. Hancock Bank FL (which was merged into Hancock Bank MS effective January 1, 2010) was subject to regulation and periodic examinations by the FDIC and the Florida Department of Financial Services. Hancock Bank AL is subject to regulation and periodic examinations by the FDIC and the Alabama State Banking Department. These regulatory authorities examine such areas as reserves, loan and investment quality, management policies, procedures and practices and other aspects of operations. These examinations are designed for the protection of the Banks’ depositors, rather than their stockholders. In addition to these regular examinations, the Company and the Banks must furnish periodic reports to their respective regulatory authorities containing a full and accurate statement of their affairs.

The Company is required to file annual reports with the Federal Reserve Board, and such additional information as the Federal Reserve Board may require pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act. The Federal Reserve Board may examine a bank holding company or any of its subsidiaries, and charge the company for the cost of such examination.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (discussed in more detail below under “Recent Developments”) has removed many limitations on the Federal Reserve Board’s authority to make examinations of banks that are subsidiaries of bank holding companies. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve Board will generally be permitted to examine bank holding companies and their subsidiaries, provided that the Federal Reserve Board must rely on reports submitted directly by the institution and examination reports of the appropriate regulators (such as the FDIC and the Banking Department) to the fullest extent possible; must provide reasonable notice to, and consult with, the appropriate regulators before commencing an examination of a bank holding company subsidiary; and, to the fullest extent possible, must avoid duplication of examination activities, reporting requirements, and requests for information.

As a result of the enactment of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA), a financial institution insured by the FDIC can be held liable for any losses incurred by, or reasonably expected to be incurred by, the FDIC in connection with (1) the default of a commonly controlled FDIC-insured financial institution or (2) any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled financial institution in danger of default.

The Banks are members of the FDIC, and their deposits are insured as provided by law by the Deposit Insurance Fund, or the DIF. The deposits of the Banks are insured up to applicable limits and are subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the DIF. The FDIC utilizes a risk-based assessment system that imposes insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into account a bank’s capital level and supervisory rating.

 

7


Table of Contents

Effective January 1, 2007, the FDIC began imposing deposit assessment rates based on the risk category of the bank, with Risk Category I being the lowest risk category and Risk Category IV being the highest risk category. Because of favorable loss experience and a healthy reserve ratio in the Bank Insurance Fund, or the BIF, of the FDIC, well-capitalized and well-managed banks, have in recent years paid minimal premiums for FDIC insurance. With the additional deposit insurance, a deposit premium refund, in the form of credit offsets, was granted to banks that were in existence on December 31, 1996, and paid deposit insurance premiums prior to that date.

In December of 2008, the FDIC adopted a restoration plan designed to replenish the Deposit Insurance Fund over a period of five years and to increase the deposit insurance reserve ratio, which had decreased to 1.01% of insured deposits on June 30, 2008, to the statutory minimum of 1.15% of insured deposits by December 31, 2013. In order to implement the restoration plan, the FDIC changed both its risk-based assessment system and its base assessment rates. For the first quarter of 2009 only, the FDIC increased all FDIC deposit assessment rates by 7 basis points. These new rates ranged from between 12 and 14 basis points for Risk Category I institutions to 50 basis points for Risk Category IV institutions.

Beginning April 1, 2009, the base assessment rates ranged from 12 to 45 basis points, with the initial assessment rates subject to adjustments which could increase or decrease the total base assessment rates. The adjustments included (1) a decrease for long-term unsecured debt, including most senior and subordinated debt and, for small institutions, a portion of Tier 1 capital; (2) an increase for secured liabilities above a threshold amount; and (3) for non-Risk Category I institutions, an increase for brokered deposits above a threshold amount.

On May 22, 2009, the FDIC imposed a special deposit insurance fund assessment of 5.0 basis points on all insured institutions, to be calculated based on the difference between an institution’s total assets and its Tier 1 capital and collected on September 30, 2009. On November 12, 2009, the FDIC required banks to prepay over three years of estimated federal deposit insurance premiums.

The recently enacted Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) changed the method of calculation for FDIC insurance assessments. Under the previous system, the assessment base was domestic deposits minus a few allowable exclusions, such as pass-through reserve balances. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, assessments are to be calculated based on the depository institution’s average consolidated total assets, less its average amount of tangible equity. On November 9, 2010, the FDIC published proposed regulations seeking to implement these changes. In addition to providing for the required change in assessment base, the FDIC has proposed to modify or eliminate the assessment adjustments based on unsecured debt, secured liabilities, and brokered deposits; to add a new adjustment for holding unsecured debt issued by another insured depository institution; and to lower the initial base assessment rate schedule in order to collect approximately the same amount of revenue under the new base as under the old base, among other changes. These proposed changes may or may not ultimately be included in the FDIC’s final regulations implementing this provision of the Dodd-Frank Act.

The enactment of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 temporarily raised the basic limit on federal deposit insurance coverage from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor. However, with the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act, this increase in the basic coverage limit has been made permanent.

On October 14, 2008, the FDIC announced the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”). The final rule was adopted on November 21, 2008. The FDIC stated that its purpose was to strengthen confidence and encourage liquidity in the banking system by guaranteeing newly issued senior unsecured debt of banks of 31 days or greater, thrifts, and certain holding companies (the “Debt Guarantee Program”), and by providing full coverage of non-interest-bearing transaction accounts, as well as certain low-interest NOW accounts and IOLTA accounts, regardless of dollar amount (the “Transaction Account Guarantee Program”). Inclusion in the program was voluntary. Institutions participating in the Debt Guarantee Program are assessed fees based on a sliding scale, depending on length of maturity. Shorter-term debt has a lower fee structure and longer-term debt has a higher fee structure. The fee ranged from 50 basis points on debt of 180 days or less to a maximum of 100 basis points for debt with maturities of one year or longer, on an annualized basis. For institutions participating in the Transaction Account Guarantee Program, a 10-basis point surcharge was added to the institution’s current insurance assessment in order to fully cover all transaction accounts. The Banks did not elect to participate in the Debt Guaranty Program but did elect to participate in the Transaction Account Guarantee Program.

 

8


Table of Contents

The Transaction Account Guarantee Program was set to expire on December 31, 2010. However, with the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act, the insurance coverage provided under the Transaction Account Guarantee Program has in effect been extended until December 31, 2012, with some changes. Perhaps the most significant differences between the current version of the Transaction Account Guarantee Program and the Dodd-Frank extension of the program are (i) that all banks are required to participate in the new coverage, with no opt-out available, and (ii) that interest-bearing NOW accounts will no longer benefit from the unlimited insurance coverage beginning January 1, 2011 (although IOLTA accounts will continue to benefit from the unlimited coverage).

In addition, since the first quarter of 2000, all institutions with deposits insured by the FDIC have been required to pay assessments to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation (“FICO”), a mixed-ownership government corporation established to recapitalize a predecessor to the Deposit Insurance Fund. The FICO assessment rate is adjusted quarterly to reflect changes in the assessment bases of the fund based on quarterly Call Report and Thrift Financial Report submissions. The current annualized assessment rate is 1.020 basis points, or approximately 0.255 basis points per quarter. These assessments will continue until the FICO bonds mature in 2017 through 2019.

In general, FDICIA subjects banks and bank holding companies to significantly increased regulation and supervision. FDICIA increased the borrowing authority of the FDIC in order to recapitalize the DIF, and the future borrowings are to be repaid by increased assessments on FDIC member banks. Other significant provisions of FDICIA require a new regulatory emphasis linking supervision to bank capital levels. Also, federal banking regulators are required to take prompt regulatory action with respect to depository institutions that fall below specified capital levels and to draft non-capital regulatory measures to assure bank safety.

FDICIA contains a “prompt corrective action” section intended to resolve problem institutions at the least possible long-term cost to the deposit insurance funds. Pursuant to this section, the federal banking agencies are required to prescribe a leverage limit and a risk-based capital requirement indicating levels at which institutions will be deemed to be “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” In the case of a depository institution that is “critically undercapitalized” (a term defined to include institutions which still have positive net worth); the federal banking regulators are generally required to appoint a conservator or receiver.

FDICIA further requires regulators to perform annual on-site bank examinations, places limits on real estate lending and tightens audit requirements. The new legislation eliminated the “too big to fail” doctrine, which protects uninsured deposits of large banks, and restricts the ability of undercapitalized banks to obtain extended loans from the Federal Reserve Board discount window. FDICIA also imposes new disclosure requirements relating to fees charged and interest paid on checking and deposit accounts. Most of the significant changes brought about by FDICIA required new regulations.

In addition to regulating capital, the FDIC has broad authority to prevent the development or continuance of unsafe or unsound banking practices. Pursuant to this authority, the FDIC has adopted regulations that restrict preferential loans and loan amounts to “affiliates” and “insiders” of banks, require banks to keep information on loans to major stockholders and executive officers and bar certain director and officer interlocks between financial institutions. The FDIC is also authorized to approve mergers, consolidations and assumption of deposit liability transactions between insured banks and between insured banks and uninsured banks or institutions to prevent capital or surplus diminution in such transactions where the resulting, continuing or assumed bank is an insured nonmember state bank, like Hancock Bank (MS), Hancock Bank of LA and Hancock Bank of AL.

Although Hancock Bank (MS), Hancock Bank of LA and Hancock Bank of AL are not members of the Federal Reserve System, they are subject to Federal Reserve regulations that require the Banks to maintain reserves against transaction accounts (primarily checking accounts). Because reserves generally must be maintained in cash or in noninterest-bearing accounts, the effect of the reserve requirements is to increase the cost of funds for the Banks. The Federal Reserve regulations currently require that reserves be maintained against net transaction accounts in the amount of 3% of the aggregate of such accounts up to $44.5 million, or, if the aggregate of such accounts exceeds $44.5 million, $1.335 million plus 10% of the total in excess of $44.5 million. This regulation is subject to an exemption from reserve requirements on a limited amount of an institution’s transaction accounts.

 

9


Table of Contents

The Financial Services Modernization Act also permits national banks, and through state parity statutes, state banks, to engage in expanded activities through the formation of financial subsidiaries. A state bank may have a subsidiary engaged in any activity authorized for state banks directly or any financial activity, except for insurance underwriting, insurance investments, real estate investment or development, or merchant banking, which may only be conducted through a subsidiary of a Financial Holding Company. Financial activities include all activities permitted under new sections of the Bank Holding Company Act or permitted by regulation.

A state bank seeking to have a financial subsidiary, and each of its depository institution affiliates, must be “well-capitalized” and “well-managed.” The total assets of all financial subsidiaries may not exceed the lesser of 45% of a bank’s total assets, or $50 billion. A state bank must exclude from its assets and equity all equity investments, including retained earnings, in a financial subsidiary. The assets of the subsidiary may not be consolidated with the bank’s assets. The bank must also have policies and procedures to assess financial subsidiary risk and protect the bank from such risks and potential liabilities.

The Financial Services Modernization Act also includes a new section of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act governing subsidiaries of state banks that engage in “activities as principal that would only be permissible” for a national bank to conduct in a financial subsidiary. It expressly preserves the ability of a state bank to retain all existing subsidiaries. Because Mississippi permits commercial banks chartered by the state to engage in any activity permissible for national banks, the Bank will be permitted to form subsidiaries to engage in the activities authorized by the Financial Services Modernization Act. In order to form a financial subsidiary, a state bank must be well-capitalized, and the state bank would be subject to the same capital deduction, risk management and affiliate transaction rules as applicable to national banks.

In 2001, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA Patriot Act) was signed into law. The USA Patriot Act broadened the application of anti-money laundering regulations to apply to additional types of financial institutions, such as broker-dealers, and strengthened the ability of the U.S. Government to detect and prosecute international money laundering and the financing of terrorism. The principal provisions of Title III of the USA Patriot Act require that regulated financial institutions, including state member banks: (i) establish an anti-money laundering program that includes training and audit components; (ii) comply with regulations regarding the verification of the identity of any person seeking to open an account; (iii) take additional required precautions with non-U.S. owned accounts; and (iv) perform certain verification and certification of money laundering risk for their foreign correspondent banking relationships. The USA Patriot Act also expanded the conditions under which funds in a U.S. interbank account may be subject to forfeiture and increased the penalties for violation of anti-money laundering regulations. Failure of a financial institution to comply with the USA Patriot Act’s requirements could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution. The Bank has adopted policies, procedures and controls to address compliance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act under the existing regulations and will continue to revise and update its policies, procedures and controls to reflect changes required by the USA Patriot Act and implementing regulations.

In July 2002, Congress enacted the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which addresses, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires the Company to include in its Annual Report, a report stating management’s responsibility to establish and maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting and management’s conclusion on the effectiveness of the internal controls at year end. Additionally, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm is required to attest to and report on management’s evaluation of internal control over financial reporting.

In October 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) was enacted. The EESA authorized the Treasury Department to purchase from financial institutions and their holding companies up to $700 billion in mortgage loans, mortgage-related securities and certain other financial instruments, including debt and equity securities issued by financial institutions and their holding companies in a troubled asset relief program (“TARP”). The purpose of TARP is to restore confidence and stability to the U.S. banking system and to encourage financial institutions to increase their lending to customers and to each other. The Treasury Department has allocated $250 billion towards the TARP Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”). Under the CPP, Treasury purchases debt or equity securities from participating institutions. The TARP also may include direct purchases or guarantees of troubled assets of financial institutions. Participants in the CPP are subject to executive compensation limits and are encouraged to expand their lending and mortgage loan modifications. On November 13, 2008, following a thorough evaluation and analysis, the Company announced it would decline the Treasury’s invitation to participate in the CPP.

 

10


Table of Contents

EESA temporarily increased FDIC deposit insurance on most accounts from $100,000 to $250,000. This increase has been extended until December 31, 2013.

Following a systemic risk determination, the FDIC established a Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”) on October 14, 2008. The TLGP includes the Transaction Account Guarantee Program (“TAGP”), which provides unlimited deposit insurance coverage through June 30, 2010 for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts (typically checking accounts) and certain funds swept into noninterest-bearing savings accounts. Institutions participating in the TAGP pay a 10 basis points fee (annualized) on the balance of each covered account in excess of $250,000, while the extra deposit insurance is in place. The Company is participating in the TAGP.

It is not clear at this time what impact the EESA, the TARP Capital Purchase Program, the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, other liquidity and funding initiatives of the Federal Reserve and other agencies that have been previously announced, and any additional programs that may be initiated in the future, will have on the Company or the U.S. and global financial markets.

Recent Developments

The Congress, Treasury Department and the federal banking regulators, including the FDIC, have taken broad action since early September, 2008 to address volatility in the U.S. banking system, including the passage of EESA (discussed above), the provision of other direct and indirect assistance to financial institutions, assistance by the banking authorities in arranging acquisitions of weakened banks and broker-dealers, implementation of programs by the Federal Reserve Board to provide liquidity to the commercial paper markets and expansion of deposit insurance coverage. The new administration and Congress have pursued additional initiatives in an effort to stimulate the economy and stabilize the financial markets, including the enactment of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, and have altered the terms of some previously announced policies.

The recent enactment of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) will likely result in increased regulation of the financial services industry. Provisions likely to affect the activities of the Company and the Banks include, without limitation, the following:

 

   

Asset-based deposit insurance assessments. FDIC deposit insurance premium assessments will be based on bank assets rather than domestic deposits.

 

   

Deposit insurance limit increase. The deposit insurance coverage limit has been permanently increased from $100,000 to $250,000.

 

   

Extension of Transaction Account Guarantee Program. Unlimited deposit insurance coverage is extended for non-interest-bearing transaction accounts and certain other accounts for two years. This applies to all banks; there is no opt-in or opt-out requirement.

 

   

Establishment of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (BCFP). The BCFP will be housed within the Federal Reserve and, in consultation with the Federal banking agencies, will make rules relating to consumer protection. The BCFP has the authority, should it wish to do so, to rewrite virtually all of the consumer protection regulations governing banks, including those implementing the Truth in Lending Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (or RESPA), the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the S.A.F.E. Mortgage Licensing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act (except Sections 615(e) and 628), the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, and the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (sections 502 through 509 relating to privacy), among others.

 

11


Table of Contents
   

Risk-retention rule. Banks originating loans for sale on the secondary market or securitization must retain 5 percent of any loan they sell or securitize, except for mortgages that meet low-risk standards to be developed by regulators.

 

   

Limitation on federal preemption. Limitations have been imposed on the ability of national bank regulators to preempt state law. Formerly, the national bank and federal thrift regulators possessed preemption powers with regard to transactions, operating subsidiaries and attorney general civil enforcement authority. These preemption requirements have been limited by the Dodd-Frank Act, which will likely impact state banks by affecting activities previously permitted through parity with national banks.

 

   

Changes to regulation of bank holding companies. Under Dodd-Frank, bank holding companies must be well-capitalized and well-managed to engage in interstate transactions. In the past, only the subsidiary banks were required to meet those standards. The Federal Reserve Board’s “source of strength doctrine” has now been codified, mandating that bank holding companies such as the Company serve as a source of strength for their subsidiary banks, meaning that the bank holding company must be able to provide financial assistance in the event the subsidiary bank experiences financial distress.

 

   

Executive compensation limitations. The Dodd-Frank Act codified executive compensation limitations similar to those previously imposed on TARP recipients.

This new legislation contains 16 different titles, is over 800 pages long, and calls for the completion of dozens of studies and reports and hundreds of new regulations. The information provided herein regarding the effect of the Dodd-Frank Act is intended merely for illustration and is not exhaustive, as the full impact of the legislation on banks and bank holding companies is still being studied and in any event cannot be fully known until the completion of hundreds of new federal agency rulemakings over the next few years. Interested shareholders should refer directly to the Dodd-Frank Act itself for additional information.

The Dodd-Frank Act is one of a number of legislative initiatives that have been proposed in recent months due to the ongoing national and global financial crisis. It is not possible to predict whether any other similar legislation may be adopted that would significantly affect the operations and performance of the Company and the Banks.

Summary

The foregoing is a brief summary of certain statutes, rules and regulations affecting the Company and the Banks. It is not intended to be an exhaustive discussion of all the statutes and regulations having an impact on the operations of such entities.

We do not believe that the Financial Services Modernization Act will have a material adverse effect on our operations in the near-term. However, to the extent that it permits holding companies, banks, securities firms, and insurance companies to affiliate, the financial services industry may experience further consolidation. The Financial Services Modernization Act is intended to grant to community banks certain powers as a matter of right that larger institutions have accumulated on an ad hoc basis. Nevertheless, this act may have the result of increasing the amount of competition that the Company and the Banks face from larger institutions and other types of companies offering financial products, some of which may have substantially more financial resources than us.

It is not known whether EESA will have any effect on the Company’s operations.

Finally, additional bills may be introduced in the future in the United States Congress and state legislatures to alter the structure, regulation and competitive relationships of financial institutions. It cannot be predicted whether and what form any of these proposals will be adopted or the extent to which the business of the Company and the Banks may be affected thereby.

 

12


Table of Contents

Effect of Governmental Policies

The difference between the interest rate paid on deposits and other borrowings and the interest rate received on loans and securities comprise most of a bank’s earnings. In order to mitigate the interest rate risk inherent in the industry, the banking business is becoming increasingly dependent on the generation of fee and service charge revenue.

The earnings and growth of a bank will be affected by both general economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policy of the United States Government and its agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve sets national monetary policy such as seeking to curb inflation and combat recession. This is accomplished by its open-market operations in United States government securities, adjustments in the amount of reserves that financial institutions are required to maintain and adjustments to the discount rates on borrowings and target rates for federal funds transactions. The actions of the Federal Reserve in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and also affect interest rates on loans and deposits. The nature and timing of any future changes in monetary policies and their potential impact on the Company cannot be predicted.

Impact of Inflation

Our noninterest income and expenses can be affected by increasing rates of inflation; however, unlike most industrial companies, the assets and liabilities of financial institutions such as the Banks are primarily monetary in nature. Interest rates, therefore, have a more significant impact on the Banks’ performance than the effect of general levels of inflation on the price of goods and services.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

We face a number of significant risks and uncertainties in connection with our operations. Our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected by the factors described below.

While we describe each risk separately, some of these risks are interrelated and certain risks could trigger the applicability of other risks described below. Also, the risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones that we may face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, or that we currently do not consider significant, could also potentially impair, and have a material adverse effect on, our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may be vulnerable to certain sectors of the economy.

A portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate. If the economy deteriorated and depressed real estate values beyond a certain point, that collateral value of the portfolio and the revenue stream from those loans could come under stress and possibly require additional provision to the allowance for loan losses. Our ability to dispose of foreclosed real estate at prices above the respective carrying values could also be impinged, causing additional losses.

Difficult market conditions have adversely affected the industry in which we operate.

The capital and credit markets have been experiencing volatility and disruption for more than twelve months. Dramatic declines in the housing market over the past year, with falling home prices and increasing foreclosures, unemployment and under-employment, have negatively impacted the credit performance of mortgage loans and resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions, including government-sponsored entities as well as major commercial and investment banks. These write-downs have caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some cases, to fail. Reflecting concern about the stability of the financial markets generally and the strength of counterparties, many lenders and institutional investors have reduced or ceased providing funding to borrowers, including to other financial institutions. This market turmoil and tightening of credit have led to an increased level of commercial and consumer delinquencies, lack of consumer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction of business activity generally. We do not expect that the difficult conditions in the financial markets are likely to improve in the near future. A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on us and others in the financial institution industry. In particular, we may face the following risks in connection with these events:

 

   

We may expect to face increased regulation of our industry, including as a result of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (EESA). Compliance with such regulation may increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities.

 

13


Table of Contents
   

Market developments and the resulting economic pressure on consumers may affect consumer confidence levels and may cause increases in delinquencies and default rates, which, among other effects, could affect our charge-offs and provision for loan losses.

 

   

Competition in the industry could intensify as a result of the increasing consolidation of financial services companies in connection with current market conditions.

 

   

The current market disruptions make valuation even more difficult and subjective, and our ability to measure the fair value of our assets could be adversely affected. If we determine that a significant portion of our assets have values that are significantly below their recorded carrying value, we could recognize a material charge to earnings in the quarter during which such determination was made, our capital ratios would be adversely affected and a rating agency might downgrade our credit rating or put us on credit watch.

There can be no assurance that the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 will help stabilize the U.S. Financial System.

On October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (EESA) was signed into law in response to the current crisis in the financial sector. The U.S. Department of the Treasury and banking regulators implemented a number of programs under this legislation to address capital and liquidity issues in the banking system. There can be no assurance, however, as to the actual impact that the EESA will have on the financial markets, including the extreme levels of volatility and limited credit availability currently being experienced. The failure of the EESA to help stabilize the financial markets and a continuation or worsening of current financial market conditions could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, access to credit or the trading price of our common stock.

We are subject to a risk of rapid and significant changes in market interest rates.

Our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature, and as a result, we are subject to significant risks tied to changes in interest rates. Our ability to operate profitably is largely dependent upon net interest income. In 2010, net interest income made up 55% of our revenue. Unexpected movement in interest rates markedly changing the slope of the current yield curve could cause our net interest margins to decrease, subsequently decreasing net interest income. In addition, such changes could adversely affect the valuation of our assets and liabilities.

At present our one-year interest rate sensitivity position is liability sensitive, such that a gradual increase in interest rates during the next twelve months should have a significant impact on net interest income during that period. However, as with most financial institutions, our results of operations are affected by changes in interest rates and our ability to manage this risk. The difference between interest rates charged on interest-earning assets and interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities may be affected by changes in market interest rates, changes in relationships between interest rate indices, and/or changes in the relationships between long-term and short-term market interest rates. A change in this difference might result in an increase in interest expense relative to interest income, or a decrease in our interest rate spread.

 

14


Table of Contents

Certain changes in interest rates, inflation, deflation, or the financial markets could affect demand for our products and our ability to deliver products efficiently.

Loan originations, and potentially loan revenues, could be adversely impacted by sharply rising interest rates. Conversely, sharply falling rates could increase prepayments within our securities portfolio lowering interest earnings from those investments. An underperforming stock market could reduce brokerage transactions, therefore reducing investment brokerage revenues; in addition, wealth management fees associated with managed securities portfolios could also be adversely affected. An unanticipated increase in inflation could cause our operating costs related to salaries & benefits, technology, and supplies to increase at a faster pace than revenues.

The fair market value of our securities portfolio and the investment income from these securities also fluctuate depending on general economic and market conditions. In addition, actual net investment income and/or cash flows from investments that carry prepayment risk, such as mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, may differ from those anticipated at the time of investment as a result of interest rate fluctuations.

Changes in the policies of monetary authorities and other government action could adversely affect our profitability.

The results of operations are affected by credit policies of monetary authorities, particularly the Federal Reserve Board. The instruments of monetary policy employed by the Federal Reserve Board include open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate or the federal funds rate on bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. In view of changing conditions in the national economy and in the money markets, particularly in light of the continuing threat of terrorist attacks and the current military operations in the Middle East, we cannot predict possible future changes in interest rates, deposit levels, loan demand on our business and earnings. Furthermore, the actions of the United States government and other governments in responding to such terrorist attacks or the military operations in the Middle East may result in currency fluctuations, exchange controls, market disruption and other adverse effects.

Natural disasters could affect our ability to operate.

Our market areas are susceptible to hurricanes. Natural disasters, such as hurricanes, can disrupt our operations, result in damage to properties and negatively affect the local economies in which we operate.

We cannot predict whether or to what extent damage caused by future hurricanes will affect our operations or the economies in our market areas, but such weather events could cause a decline in loan originations, a decline in the value or destruction of properties securing the loans and an increase in the risk of delinquencies, foreclosures or loan losses.

Greater loan losses than expected may adversely affect our earnings.

We, as lenders, are exposed to the risk that our customers will be unable to repay their loans in accordance with their terms and that any collateral securing the payment of their loans may not be sufficient to assure repayment. Credit losses are inherent in the business of making loans and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. Our credit risk with respect to our real estate and construction loan portfolio will relate principally to the creditworthiness of corporations and the value of the real estate serving as security for the repayment of loans. Our credit risk with respect to our commercial and consumer loan portfolio will relate principally to the general creditworthiness of businesses and individuals within our local markets.

We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio and provide an allowance for estimated loan losses based on a number of factors. We believe that our current allowance for loan losses is adequate. However, if our assumptions or judgments prove to be incorrect, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover actual loan losses. We may have to increase our allowance in the future in response to the request of one of our primary banking regulators, to adjust for changing conditions and assumptions, or as a result of any deterioration in the quality of our loan portfolio. The actual amount of future provisions for loan losses cannot be determined at this time and may vary from the amounts of past provisions.

 

15


Table of Contents

The projected benefit obligations of our pension plan exceed the fair value of the Plan’s assets.

Investments in the portfolio of our pension plan may not provide adequate returns to fully fund benefits as they come due, thus causing higher annual plan expenses and requiring additional contributions by us.

We may need to rely on the financial markets to provide needed capital.

Our stock is listed and traded on the NASDAQ Global Select. Although we anticipate that our capital resources will be adequate for the foreseeable future to meet our capital requirements, at times we may depend on the liquidity of the NASDAQ market to raise equity capital. If the market should fail to operate, or if conditions in the capital markets are adverse, we may be constrained in raising capital. We maintain a consistent analyst following; therefore, downgrades in our prospects by an analyst(s) may cause our stock price to fall and significantly limit our ability to access the markets for additional capital requirements. Should these risks materialize, our ability to further expand our operations through internal growth may be limited.

Sales of a significant number of shares of our Common Stock in the public markets, or the perception of such sales, could depress the market price of our Common Stock.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Common Stock in the public markets and the availability of those shares for sale could adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock. In addition, future issuances of equity securities, including pursuant to outstanding options, could dilute the interests of our existing stockholders, including you, and could cause the market price of our Common Stock to decline. We may issue such additional equity or convertible securities to raise additional capital. The issuance of any additional shares of common or preferred stock could be substantially dilutive to shareholders of our Common Stock. Moreover, to the extent that we issue restricted stock units, phantom shares, stock appreciation rights, options or warrants to purchase our Common Stock in the future and those stock appreciation rights, options or warrants are exercised or as the restricted stock units vest, our shareholders may experience further dilution. Holders of our shares of Common Stock have no preemptive rights that entitle holders to purchase their pro rata share of any offering of shares of any class or series and, therefore, such sales or offerings could result in increased dilution to our shareholders. We cannot predict the effect that future sales of our Common Stock would have on the market price of our Common Stock.

We may invest or spend the proceeds in stock offerings in ways with which you may not agree and in ways that may not earn a profit.

We intend to use the proceeds of offerings for general corporate purposes, including for possible acquisition opportunities that may become available or to establish de novo branches. There can be no assurances that suitable acquisition opportunities may become available, or that we will be able to successfully complete any such acquisitions. We may use the proceeds only to focus on sustaining our organic, or internal, growth, or for other purposes. In addition, we may choose to use all or a portion of the proceeds to support our capital. We retain broad discretion over the use of the proceeds from this offering and may use them for purposes other than those contemplated at the time of this offering. You may not agree with the ways we decide to use these proceeds, and our use of the proceeds may not yield any profits.

We engage in acquisitions of other businesses from time to time, including FDIC-assisted acquisitions. These acquisitions may not produce revenue or earnings enhancements or cost savings at levels or within timeframes originally anticipated and may result in unforeseen integration difficulties.

On occasion, we will engage in acquisitions of other businesses, such as the proposed acquisition of Whitney Holding Corporation announced on December 22, 2010. Difficulty in integrating an acquired business or company may cause us not to realize expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence, or other anticipated benefits from any acquisition. The integration could result in higher than expected deposit attrition (run-off), loss of key employees, disruption of our business or the business of the acquired company, or otherwise adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with customers and employees or achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition. We are likely to need to make additional investment in equipment and personnel to manage higher asset levels and loan balances as a result of any significant acquisition, which may adversely impact our earnings. Also, the negative effect of any divestitures required by regulatory authorities in acquisitions or business combinations may be greater than expected.

 

16


Table of Contents

In evaluating potential acquisition opportunities we may seek to acquire failed banks through FDIC-assisted transactions. While the FDIC may, in such transactions, provide assistance to mitigate certain risks, such as sharing in exposure to loan losses, and providing indemnification against certain liabilities, of the failed institution, we may not be able to accurately estimate our potential exposure to loan losses and other potential liabilities, or the difficulty of integration, in acquiring such institution.

Depending on the condition of any institution that we may acquire, any acquisition may, at least in the near term, adversely affect our capital earnings and, if not successfully integrated following the acquisition, may continue to have such effects.

We may fail to realize the anticipated cost savings and other financial benefits of the Hancock/Whitney merger on the anticipated schedule, if at all.

We may face significant challenges in integrating Whitney Holding Corporation operations in our operations in a timely and efficient manner and in retaining Whitney personnel. Currently, each company operates as an independent public company. Achieving the anticipated cost savings and financial benefits of the merger will depend on part on whether we integrate Whitney’s businesses in an efficient and effective manner. We may not be able to accomplish this integration process smoothly or successfully. In addition, the integration of certain operations following the merger will require the dedication of significant management resources, which may temporarily distract management’s attention from the day-to-day business of the combined company. Any inability to realize the full extent of, or any of, the anticipated cost savings and financial benefits of the merger, as well as any delays encountered in the integration process, could have an adverse effect on the business and results of operations of the combined company, which may affect the market price of Hancock common stock.

Our growth and financial performance may be negatively impacted if we are unable to successfully execute our growth plans.

There can be no assurances that we will be successful in continuing our organic, or internal, growth, which depends upon economic conditions, our ability to identify appropriate markets for expansion, our ability to recruit and retain qualified personnel, our ability to fund growth at a reasonable cost, sufficient capital to support our growth initiatives, competitive factors, banking laws, and other factors.

We may seek to supplement our internal growth through acquisitions. We cannot predict the number, size or timing of acquisitions, or whether any such acquisition will occur at all. Our acquisition efforts have traditionally focused on targeted banking or insurance entities in markets in which we currently operate and markets in which we believe we can compete effectively. However, as consolidation of the financial services industry continues, the competition for suitable acquisition candidates may increase. We may compete with other financial services companies for acquisition opportunities, and many of these competitors have greater financial resources than we do and may be able to pay more for an acquisition than we are able or willing to pay. We also may need additional debt or equity financing in the future to fund acquisitions. We may not be able to obtain additional financing or, if available, it may not be in amounts and on terms acceptable to us. If we are unable to locate suitable acquisition candidates willing to sell on terms acceptable to us, or we are otherwise unable to obtain additional debt or equity financing necessary for us to continue making acquisitions, we would be required to find other methods to grow our business and we may not grow at the same rate we have in the past, or at all.

 

17


Table of Contents

We must generally receive federal regulatory approval before we can acquire a bank or bank holding company. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, federal bank regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on the competition, financial condition, and future prospects. The regulators also review current and projected capital ratios and levels, the competence, experience, and integrity of management and its record of compliance with laws and regulations, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served (including the acquiring institution’s record of compliance under the Community Reinvestment Act) and the effectiveness of the acquiring institution in combating money laundering activities. We cannot be certain when or if, or on what terms and conditions, any required regulatory approvals will be granted. We may also be required to sell banks or branches as a condition to receiving regulatory approval, which condition may not be acceptable to us or, if acceptable to us, may reduce the benefit of any acquisition.

In addition to the acquisition of existing financial institutions, as opportunities arise we plan to continue de novo branching as a part of our internal growth strategy and possibly entry into new markets through de novo branching. De novo branching and any acquisition carries with it numerous risks, including the following:

 

   

the inability to obtain all required regulatory approvals;

 

   

significant costs and anticipated operating losses associated with establishing a de novo branch or a new bank;

 

   

the inability to secure the services of qualified senior management;

 

   

the local market may not accept the services of a new bank owned and managed by a bank holding company headquartered outside of the market area of the new bank;

 

   

economic downturns in the new market;

 

   

the inability to obtain attractive locations within a new market at a reasonable cost; and

 

   

the additional strain on management resources and internal systems and controls.

We have experienced to some extent many of these risks with our de novo branching to date.

We are subject to regulation by various Federal and State entities.

We are subject to the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the Federal Reserve Board, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Mississippi Department of Banking and Consumer Finance, the Louisiana Office of Financial Institutions, the Florida Office of Financial Regulation, the Alabama Banking Department and the Mississippi Department of Insurance. New regulations issued by these agencies may adversely affect our ability to carry on our business activities. We are subject to various Federal and State laws and certain changes in these laws and regulations may adversely affect our operations. Noncompliance with certain of these regulations may impact our business plans, including ability to branch, offer certain products, or execute existing or planned business strategies.

We are also subject to the accounting rules and regulations of the SEC and the Financial Accounting Standards Board. Changes in accounting rules could adversely affect the reported financial statements or our results of operations and may also require extraordinary efforts or additional costs to implement. Any of these laws or regulations may be modified or changed from time to time, and we cannot be assured that such modifications or changes will not adversely affect us.

We are subject to industry competition which may have an impact upon our success.

Our profitability depends on our ability to compete successfully. We operate in a highly competitive financial services environment. Certain competitors are larger and may have more resources than we do. We face competition in our regional market areas from other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, internet banks, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms, and other financial intermediaries that offer similar services. Some of our nonbank competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations that govern us or the Bank and may have greater flexibility in competing for business.

 

18


Table of Contents

Another competitive factor is that the financial services market, including banking services, is undergoing rapid changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. Our future success may depend, in part, on our ability to use technology competitively to provide products and services that provide convenience to customers and create additional efficiencies in our operations.

The price of our Common Stock is volatile and may decline.

The trading price of our Common Stock may fluctuate widely as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside our control. In addition, the stock market is subject to fluctuations in the share prices and trading volumes that affect the market prices of the shares of many companies. These broad market fluctuations have adversely affected and may continue to adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:

 

   

actual or anticipated quarterly fluctuations in our operating results and financial condition;

 

   

changes in revenue or earnings estimates or publication of research reports and recommendations by financial analysts or actions taken by rating agencies with respect to our securities or those of other financial institutions;

 

   

failure to meet analysts’ revenue or earnings estimates;

 

   

speculation in the press or investment community;

 

   

strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;

 

   

actions by institutional shareholders;

 

   

fluctuations in the stock price and operating results of our competitors;

 

   

general market conditions and, in particular, developments related to market conditions for the financial services industry;

 

   

proposed or adopted regulatory changes or developments;

 

   

anticipated or pending investigations, proceedings or litigation that involve or affect us; or

 

   

domestic and international economic factors unrelated to our performance.

A significant decline in our stock price could result in substantial losses for individual shareholders and could lead to costly and disruptive securities litigation.

We may issue debt and equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities, any of which may be senior to our Common Stock as to distributions and in liquidation, which could negatively affect the value of our Common Stock.

In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by entering into debt or debt-like financing that is unsecured or secured by all or up to all of our assets, or by issuing additional debt or equity securities, which could include issuances of secured or unsecured commercial paper, medium-term notes, senior notes, subordinated notes, preferred stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities. In the event of our liquidation, our lenders and holders of our debt and preferred securities would receive a distribution of our available assets before distributions to the holders of our Common Stock. Because our decision to incur debt and issue securities in our future offerings will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings and debt financings. Further, market conditions could require us to accept less favorable terms for the issuance of our securities in the future.

 

19


Table of Contents

Our results of operations depend upon the results of operations of our subsidiaries.

We are a bank holding company that conducts substantially all of our operations through our subsidiary Banks. As a result, our ability to make dividend payments on our Common Stock will depend primarily upon the receipt of dividends and other distributions from our subsidiaries.

The ability of the Banks to pay dividends or make other payments to us is limited by their obligations to maintain sufficient capital and by other general regulatory restrictions on their dividends. If these requirements are not satisfied, we will be unable to pay dividends on our Common Stock.

Cash available to pay dividends to our shareholders is derived primarily, if not entirely, from dividends paid to us from the Banks. The ability of our subsidiary banks to pay dividends to us as well as our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders is limited by regulatory and legal restrictions and the need to maintain sufficient consolidated capital. We may also decide to limit the payment of dividends even when we have the legal ability to pay them in order to retain earnings for use in our business. There can be no assurance of whether or when we may pay dividends in the future.

We and/or the holders of our securities could be adversely affected by unfavorable rating actions from rating agencies.

Our ability to access the capital markets is important to our overall funding profile. This access is affected by the ratings assigned by rating agencies to us, certain of our affiliates and particular classes of securities that we and our affiliates issue. The interest rates that we pay on our securities are also influenced by, among other things, the credit ratings that we, our affiliates and/or our securities receive from recognized rating agencies. A downgrade to us, our affiliates or our securities could create obligations or liabilities to us under the terms of our outstanding securities that could increase our costs or otherwise have a negative effect on our results of operations or financial condition. Additionally, a downgrade of the credit rating of any particular security issued by us or our affiliates could negatively affect the ability of the holders of that security to sell the securities and the prices at which any such securities may be sold.

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended articles of incorporation and bylaws, Mississippi law, and our Shareholder Rights Plan could make a third party acquisition of us difficult and may adversely affect share value.

Our amended articles of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us (even if doing so might be beneficial to our stockholders) and for holders of our securities to receive any related takeover premium for their securities. In addition, under our Shareholder Rights Plan, “rights” are issued to all Hancock common shareholders which, if activated upon an attempted unfriendly acquisition, would allow our shareholders to buy our common stock at a reduced price, thereby minimizing the risk of any potential hostile takeover.

We are also subject to certain provisions of state and federal law and our articles of incorporation may make it more difficult for someone to acquire control of us. Under federal law, subject to certain exemptions, a person, entity, or group must notify the federal banking agencies before acquiring 10% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a bank holding company, including our shares. Banking agencies review the acquisition to determine if it will result in a change of control. The banking agencies have 60 days to act on the notice, and take into account several factors, including the resources of the acquirer and the antitrust effects of the acquisition. There also are Mississippi statutory provisions and provisions in our articles of incorporation that may be used to delay or block a takeover attempt. As a result, these statutory provisions and provisions in our articles of incorporation could result in our being less attractive to a potential acquirer and limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

 

20


Table of Contents

You may not receive dividends on the common stock.

Holders of our common stock are only entitled to receive such dividends as our board of directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. Although we have historically and routinely declared cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so and may reduce or eliminate our common stock dividend in the future.

Securities issued by us, including our common stock, are not FDIC insured.

Securities issued by us, including our common stock, are not savings or deposit accounts or other obligations of any bank and are not insured by the FDIC, the Bank Insurance Fund, or any other governmental agency or instrumentality, or any private insurer, and are subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of principal.

Governmental responses to recent market disruptions may be inadequate and may have unintended consequences.

In response to recent market disruptions, legislators and financial regulators have taken a number of steps to stabilize the financial markets. These steps include the enactment and partial implementation of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, the provision of other direct and indirect assistance to financial institutions, assistance by the banking authorities in arranging acquisitions of weakened banks and broker-dealers, implementation of programs by the Federal Reserve Board to provide liquidity to the commercial paper markets and expansion of deposit insurance coverage. The new administration and Congress have pursued additional initiatives in an effort to stimulate the economy and stabilize the financial markets, including the enactment of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, and have altered the terms of some previously announced policies.

More recently, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which provides for sweeping changes to financial sector regulation and oversight, including new substantive authorities and practices in government regulation and supervision, and a restructuring of the regulatory system, including the creation of new federal agencies, offices, and councils. See “Recent Developments” under “SUPERVISION AND REGULATION” above.

The overall effects of these and other legislative and regulatory efforts on the financial markets are uncertain. Should these or other legislative or regulatory initiatives fail to stabilize the financial markets, the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. Moreover, the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act will likely result in significant changes to the banking industry as a whole which, depending on how its provisions are implemented by the agencies, could adversely affect the Company’s business.

In addition, the Company competes with a number of financial services companies that are not subject to the same degree of regulatory oversight to which the Company is subject. The impact of the existing regulatory framework and any future changes to it could negatively affect the Company’s ability to compete with these institutions, which could have a material and adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and prospects.

The FDIC has increased insurance premiums to rebuild and maintain the Federal Deposit Insurance Fund.

Based on recent events and the state of the economy, in December 2008 the FDIC adopted a restoration plan designed to replenish the Deposit Insurance Fund over a period of five years and to increase the deposit insurance reserve ratio, which had decreased to 1.01% of insured deposits on June 30, 2008, to the statutory minimum of 1.15% of insured deposits by December 31, 2013. In order to implement the restoration plan, the FDIC changed both its risk-based assessment system and its base assessment rates. For the first quarter of 2009 only, the FDIC increased all FDIC deposit assessment rates by 7 basis points. These new rates ranged from between 12 and 14 basis points for Risk Category I institutions to 50 basis points for Risk Category IV institutions.

Beginning April 1, 2009, the base assessment rates ranged from 12 to 45 basis points, with the initial assessment rates subject to adjustments which could increase or decrease the total base assessment rates. The adjustments included (1) a decrease for long-term unsecured debt, including most senior and subordinated debt and, for small institutions, a portion of Tier 1 capital; (2) an increase for secured liabilities above a threshold amount; and (3) for non-Risk Category I institutions, an increase for brokered deposits above a threshold amount.

 

21


Table of Contents

On May 22, 2009, the FDIC imposed a special deposit insurance fund assessment of 5.0 basis points on all insured institutions, to be calculated based on the difference between an institution’s total assets and its Tier 1 capital and collected on September 30, 2009. On November 12, 2009, the FDIC required banks to prepay over three years of estimated federal deposit insurance premiums.

The recently enacted Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) changed the method of calculation for FDIC insurance assessments. Under the previous system, the assessment base was domestic deposits minus a few allowable exclusions, such as pass-through reserve balances. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, assessments are to be calculated based on the depository institution’s average consolidated total assets, less its average amount of tangible equity. On November 9, 2010, the FDIC published proposed regulations seeking to implement these changes. In addition to providing for the required change in assessment base, the FDIC has proposed to modify or eliminate the assessment adjustments based on unsecured debt, secured liabilities, and brokered deposits; to add a new adjustment for holding unsecured debt issued by another insured depository institution; and to lower the initial base assessment rate schedule in order to collect approximately the same amount of revenue under the new base as under the old base, among other changes. These proposed changes may or may not ultimately be included in the FDIC’s final regulations implementing this provision of the Dodd-Frank Act.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our main office is located at One Hancock Plaza, in Gulfport, Mississippi.

We operate 182 banking and financial services offices and 161 automated teller machines across south Mississippi, Louisiana, South Alabama and Florida. We lease 101 of the 182 locations with the remainder being owned. In addition, Hancock Bank MS owns land and other properties acquired through foreclosures of loan collateral. The major item is approximately 3,700 acres of timber land in Hancock County, Mississippi, which Hancock Bank MS acquired by foreclosure in the 1930’s.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, after consultation with legal counsel, there are no proceedings expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial statements. We have pending litigation as a result of Hancock’s Peoples First acquisition but any resulting losses are covered by the terms of the loss share indemnification agreement.

 

ITEM 4. [REMOVED AND RESERVED]

 

22


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

Our common stock trades on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “HBHC” and is quoted in publications under “HancHd.” The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Stock Market. These prices do not reflect retail mark-ups, mark-downs or commissions.

 

          High
Sale
     Low
Sale
     Cash
Dividends
Paid
 
2010            
   4th quarter    $ 37.26       $ 28.88       $ 0.24   
   3rd quarter      35.40         26.82         0.24   
   2nd quarter      43.90         33.27         0.24   
   1st quarter      45.86         38.23         0.24   
2009            
   4th quarter    $ 44.89       $ 35.26       $ 0.24   
   3rd quarter      42.38         29.90         0.24   
   2nd quarter      41.19         30.12         0.24   
   1st quarter      45.56         22.51         0.24   

There were 5,969 registered holders and approximately 6,964 unregistered holders of common stock of the Company at February 1, 2011 and 36,914,746 shares issued. On February 1, 2011, the high and low sale prices of the Company’s common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Stock Market were $33.12 and $32.68, respectively. The principal source of funds to the Company to pay cash dividends is the dividends received from Hancock Bank, Gulfport, Mississippi, Hancock Bank of Louisiana, Baton Rouge, Louisiana, and Hancock Bank of Alabama, Mobile, Alabama. Consequently, dividends are dependent upon earnings, capital needs, regulatory policies and statutory limitations affecting the banks. Federal and state banking laws and regulations restrict the amount of dividends and loans a bank may make to its parent company. Dividends paid to the Company by Hancock Bank are subject to approval by the Commissioner of Banking and Consumer Finance of the State of Mississippi and those paid by Hancock Bank of Louisiana are subject to approval by the Commissioner for Financial Institutions of the State of Louisiana. Dividends paid by Hancock Bank of Alabama are subject to approval by the Alabama Department of Financial Services. The Company’s management does not expect regulatory restrictions to affect its policy of paying cash dividends. Although no assurance can be given that Hancock Holding Company will continue to declare and pay regular quarterly cash dividends on its common stock, the Company has paid regular cash dividends since 1937.

 

23


Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graph

Following is a line graph presentation comparing cumulative, five-year shareholder returns on an indexed basis with a performance indicator of the overall stock market and an index of peer companies selected by us. The broad market index used in the graph is the NASDAQ Market Index. The peer group index is a group of financial institutions in the southeast that are similar in asset size and business strategy; a list of the companies included in the index follows the graph.

LOGO

 

24


Table of Contents

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table provides information with respect to purchases made by the issuer or any affiliated purchaser of the issuer’s equity securities.

 

     (a)
Total number
of shares or
units purchased
     (b)
Average price
paid per share
     (c)
Total number  of
shares purchased
as a part of publicly
announced plans or
programs (1)
     (d)
Maximum number
of shares

that may yet be
purchased under
plans or programs
 

Oct. 1, 2010 - Oct. 31, 2010

     —         $ —           —           2,982,700   

Nov. 1, 2010 - Nov. 30, 2010

     —           —           —           2,982,700   

Dec. 1, 2010 - Dec. 31, 2010

     —           —           —           2,982,700   
                             

Total

     —         $ —           —        
                             

 

(1)

The Company publicly announced its stock buy-back program on November 13, 2007.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

Plan Category

   Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights

(a)
     Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(b)
     Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance
under equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in column (a))

(c)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   $ 602,036       $ 31.26       $ 4,441,041   

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

     —           —           —     
                          

Total

   $ 602,036       $ 31.26       $ 4,441,041   
                          

 

25


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth certain selected historical consolidated financial data and should be read in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere herein. The following information may not be deemed indicative of our future operating results.

 

     At and For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2010      2009      2008      2007      2006  
     (Unaudited, in thousands)  

Period-End Balance Sheet Data:

              

Securities

   $ 1,488,885       $ 1,611,327       $ 1,680,096       $ 1,668,583       $ 1,895,157   

Short-term investments

     639,164         797,262         549,416         126,281         222,439   

Loans held for sale

     21,866         36,112         22,290         18,957         16,946   

Loans, net of unearned income

     4,957,164         5,114,175         4,249,290         3,596,557         3,249,638   

Total earning assets

     7,107,079         7,558,876         6,501,092         5,410,378         5,384,180   

Allowance for loan losses

     81,997         66,050         61,725         47,123         46,772   

Total assets

     8,138,327         8,697,083         7,167,254         6,055,979         5,964,565   

Total deposits

     6,775,719         7,195,812         5,930,937         5,009,534         5,030,991   

Total common stockholders’ equity

     856,548         837,663         609,499         554,187         558,410   

Average Balance Sheet Data:

              

Securities

   $ 1,559,019       $ 1,559,570       $ 1,742,130       $ 1,725,895       $ 2,222,114   

Short-term investments

     698,042         497,048         175,891         117,158         211,511   

Loans, net of unearned income

     5,005,753         4,310,120         3,873,908         3,428,009         3,062,222   

Total earning assets

     7,262,814         6,366,738         5,791,929         5,271,062         5,495,847   

Allowance for loan losses

     73,190         63,450         53,354         46,443         64,285   

Total assets

     8,426,234         7,099,767         6,426,389         5,851,889         6,031,800   

Total deposits

     6,917,498         5,697,599         5,182,407         4,929,176         5,069,427   

Total common stockholders’ equity

     865,710         674,375         584,805         562,383         513,656   

 

26


Table of Contents
     At and For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
     (Unaudited, in thousands)  

Key Ratios:

          

Return on average assets

     0.62     1.05     1.02     1.26     1.69

Return on average common equity

     6.03     11.09     11.18     13.14     19.82

Net interest margin (te)*

     3.88     3.78     3.80     4.08     4.23

Average loans to average deposits

     72.36     75.65     74.75     69.55     60.41

Noninterest income excluding securities transactions, as a percent of total revenue (te)

     32.69     39.54     35.86     35.89     31.44

Noninterest expense as a percent of total revenue (te) before amortization of purchased intangibles and securities transactions

     66.00     58.34     61.84     64.13     59.28

Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans

     1.65     1.29     1.45     1.31     1.44

Non-performing assets to loans plus other real estate

     3.17     1.97     0.83     0.43     0.13

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans and accruing loans 90 days past due

     51.35     58.69     133.16     241.43     694.67

Net charge-offs to average loans

     1.01     1.17     0.57     0.21     0.23

FTE employees (period-end)

     2,271        2,240        1,952        1,888        1,848   

Common stockholders’ equity to total assets

     10.52     9.63     8.50     9.15     9.36

Tangible common equity to total assets

     9.69     8.81     7.62     8.08     8.24

Tier 1 leverage

     9.65     10.60     8.06     8.51     8.63

Tier 1 risk-based

     15.34     11.99     10.66     11.03     12.46

Total risk-based

     16.60     13.04     11.86     12.07     13.60

Income Data:

          

Interest income

   $ 352,558      $ 323,727      $ 335,437      $ 345,697      $ 344,063   

Interest expense

     82,345        95,300        126,002        140,236        119,863   

Net interest income

     270,213        228,427        209,435        205,461        224,200   

Net interest income (te)

     282,039        240,487        219,889        215,000        232,463   

Provision for (reversal of) loan losses

     65,991        54,590        36,785        7,593        (20,762

Noninterest income excluding storm-related insurance gain and securities transactions

     136,949        157,258        122,953        120,378        106,585   

Net storm-related items

     —          —          —          —          5,084   

Gains/(losses) on sales of securities, net

     —          69        4,825        308        (5,169

Noninterest expense excluding amortization of intangibles

     276,532        232,053        212,011        215,092        200,991   

Amortization of intangibles

     2,728        1,417        1,432        1,651        2,125   

Net income before income taxes

     61,911        97,694        86,985        101,811        148,346   

Net income

     52,206        74,775        65,366        73,892        101,802   

Net income available to common stockholders

     52,206        74,775        65,366        73,892        101,802   

 

*

Tax Equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using a marginal federal income tax rate of 35%.

 

27


Table of Contents
     At and For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  

Per Common Share Data:

          

Basic earnings per share

   $ 1.41      $ 2.28      $ 2.07      $ 2.30      $ 3.12   

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 1.40      $ 2.26      $ 2.04      $ 2.26      $ 3.05   

Cash dividends paid

   $ 0.960      $ 0.960      $ 0.960      $ 0.960      $ 0.895   

Book value

   $ 23.22      $ 22.74      $ 19.18      $ 17.71      $ 17.09   

Dividend payout ratio

     68.09     42.11     46.38     41.74     28.69

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

          

Basic

     36,876        32,747        31,491        32,000        32,534   

Diluted

     37,054        32,934        31,883        32,545        33,304   

Number of shares outstanding (period end)

     36,893        36,840        31,877        31,295        32,666   

Market data:

          

High sales price

   $ 45.86      $ 45.56      $ 68.42      $ 54.09      $ 57.19   

Low sales price

   $ 26.82      $ 22.51      $ 33.34      $ 32.78      $ 37.75   

Period-end closing price

   $ 34.86      $ 43.81      $ 45.46      $ 38.20      $ 52.84   

Trading volume

     50,102        66,346        73,843        48,169        27,275   

 

28


Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The purpose of this discussion and analysis is to focus on significant changes and events in the financial condition and results of operations of Hancock Holding Company and our subsidiaries (Hancock) during 2010 and selected prior periods. This discussion and analysis is intended to highlight and supplement data and information presented elsewhere in this report, including the consolidated financial statements and related notes. Certain information relating to prior years has been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Congress passed the Private Securities Litigation Act of 1995 in an effort to encourage corporations to provide information about a company’s anticipated future financial performance. This act provides a safe harbor for such disclosure, which protects us from unwarranted litigation, if actual results are different from management expectations. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements and reflects management’s current views and estimates of future economic circumstances, industry conditions, company performance and financial results. The words “may,” “should,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “continue,” “believe,” “seek,” “estimate” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of factors and uncertainties, which could cause our actual results and experience to differ from the anticipated results and expectations, expressed in such forward-looking statements.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $52.2 million, a decrease of $22.6 million, or 30.2%, from 2009’s net income of $74.8 million. The decrease in net income from the prior year was mainly due to the $33.6 million gain on the Peoples First Community Bank (Peoples First) acquisition in December 2009. Diluted earnings per share for 2010 were $1.40, a decrease of $0.86 from 2009’s diluted earnings per share of $2.26. Our return on average assets for 2010 was 0.62% compared to 1.05% for 2009. The lower net income and diluted earnings per share in 2010 include the impact of two significant events that occurred in the fourth quarter of 2009: our common stock offering of 4,945,000 shares and the acquisition of Peoples First adding $1.71 billion of assets.

Our year-end results were also impacted by the continuing national economic difficulties. Weaknesses in residential development and rising unemployment levels in our market areas resulted in a higher allowance for loan losses in 2010 which increased to $82.0 million at December 31, 2010 from $66.1 million recorded at December 31, 2009. In addition to the continuing economic issues, we recorded a specific reserve of $5.2 million in the second quarter of 2010 related to the Gulf Oil Spill. We reversed $1 million of the specific reserve in the fourth quarter of 2010 as we continue to monitor the effects on our markets. As a result of these difficult national and regional issues, we recorded a provision for loan losses of $66.0 million in 2010, which represents an increase of $11.4 million compared to 2009. Net charge-offs for 2010 were $50.7 million, or 1.01% of average loans, up slightly compared to 2009’s net charge-offs of $50.3 million, or 1.17% of average loans. Of the $50.7 million in net charge-offs in 2010, $36.3 million was related to commercial/real estate loans due to the ongoing sluggish economy.

At December 31, 2010, our total assets were $8.1 billion, a decrease of $558.8 million, or 6.4%, from December 31, 2009. The decrease in total assets was due to a decrease in earnings assets of $451.8 million due to the ongoing recession. Loan demand decreased with period-end loans down $157.0 million from December 2009. We experienced a decrease in securities of $165.6 million from December 2009 due to maturities. We also experienced a decline in deposits over the past year. Period-end deposits at December 31, 2010 were $6.8 billion, down $420.1 million, or 5.8%, from December 31, 2009. The $420.1 million decline was primarily related to expected run-off in Peoples First time deposits. Prior to the acquisition, Peoples First deposit pricing was very aggressive in order to attract deposits and their deposit rates were considerably higher than comparable banks. We continue to remain very well capitalized with total equity of $856.5 million at December 31, 2010, up $18.9 million, or 2.3%, from December 31, 2009.

 

29


Table of Contents

On December 22, 2010, the Company and Whitney Holding Corporation entered into a definitive agreement for Whitney to merge into the Company in a stock-for-stock transaction. The transaction was approved unanimously by both companies’ boards of directors. Under the terms of the agreement, subject to shareholder and regulatory approval and other customary conditions, shareholders of Whitney Holding Corporation will receive 0.418 shares of the Company’s common stock in exchange for each share of Whitney common stock. In connection with the merger, the Company plans to issue common equity for net proceeds of approximately $220 million and, subject to the receipt of requisite approvals, expects to repurchase all of Whitney’s TARP preferred stock and warrants held by the U.S. Treasury at closing.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net Interest Income

Net interest income (te) is the primary component of our earnings and represents the difference, or spread, between revenue generated from interest-earning assets and the interest expense related to funding those assets. For internal analytical purposes, management adjusts net interest income to a “taxable equivalent” basis using a 35% federal tax rate on tax exempt items (primarily interest on municipal securities and loans). Fluctuations in interest rates, as well as volume and mix changes in earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities can materially impact net interest income (te).

Another significant statistic in the analysis of net interest income is the effective interest differential (also referred to as the net interest margin), which is the ratio of net interest income (te) to our average earning assets. The difference between the average yield on earning assets and the effective rate paid for all deposits and borrowed funds, non-interest-bearing as well as interest-bearing is the net interest spread. Since a portion of the Bank’s deposits does not bear interest, such as demand accounts, the rate paid for all funds is lower than the rate on interest-bearing liabilities alone. The net interest margin (te) for the years 2010, 2009, and 2008 was 3.88%, 3.78%, and 3.80%, respectively.

Net interest income (te) of $282.0 million was recorded for the year 2010, an increase of $41.6 million, or 17.3%, from 2009. We experienced an increase of $20.6 million, or 9.4%, from 2009 to 2008. The factors contributing to the changes in net interest income (te) for 2010, 2009 and 2008 are presented in Tables 1 and 2. Table 1 is an analysis of the components of average balance sheets, levels of interest income and expense and the resulting earning asset yields and liability rates. Table 2 details the overall changes in the level of net interest income into rate and volume.

The increase of $41.6 million in net interest income (te) in 2010 from 2009 was caused by an increase in average earnings assets of $896.1 million, or 14.1%. In 2010, our average loan growth increased $695.6 million, or 16.1%, average short-term investments increased $201.0 million, or 40.4%, and average securities decreased $0.6 million, or 0.04% from 2009. Our loan yield fell 2 basis points while our yield on securities fell 57 basis points pushing the yield on average earnings assets down 26 basis points. However, total funding costs over last year were down 36 basis points.

When comparing 2009 to 2008, the primary driver of the $20.6 million, or 9.4% increase, in net interest income (te) was a $574.5 million, or 9.9%, increase in average earning assets. In 2009, our average loan growth increased $436.2 million, or 11.3%, average short-term investments increased $321.2 million, or 182.7%, and average securities decreased $182.9 million, or 10.5% from 2008. With short-term interest rates down significantly from 2008, our loan yield fell 68 basis points, pushing the yield on average earnings assets down 70 basis points. However, total funding costs over 2008 were down 68 basis points.

Recognizing the importance of interest differential to total earnings, management places great emphasis on managing interest rate spreads. Although interest differential is affected by national, regional, and area economics our loan and investment policies are designed to maximize interest differential while maintaining sufficient liquidity and availability of funds for purposes of meeting existing commitments and for investment in loans and other investment opportunities that may arise.

 

30


Table of Contents

The following table is a summary of average balance sheets that reflects average interest earned, average interest paid, average yield and average rate:

TABLE 1. Summary of Average Balance Sheets (w/Net Interest Income (te) & Interest Rates)

 

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  
     Average
Balance
    Interest     Rate     Average
Balance
    Interest     Rate     Average
Balance
    Interest     Rate  
     (In thousands)  

Assets

                  

Interest-Earnings Assets:

                  

Loans* (te)

   $ 5,005,753      $ 293,933        5.86   $ 4,310,120      $ 253,732        5.89   $ 3,873,908      $ 254,347        6.57

U.S. Treasury securities

     11,437        72        0.63     10,986        175        1.59     11,366        296        2.60

U.S. agency securities

     152,268        3,964        2.60     165,725        6,778        4.09     349,931        16,000        4.57

CMOs

     284,397        10,493        3.69     162,811        8,251        5.07     150,692        7,465        4.95

Mortgage-backed securities

     905,212        42,350        4.68     1,029,860        51,553        5.01     1,012,274        52,564        5.19

Obligations of states and political subdivisions:

                  

taxable

     61,605        2,919        4.74     56,414        2,493        4.42     52,070        1,661        3.19

nontaxable (te)

     127,164        8,047        6.33     110,517        7,008        6.34     120,237        7,659        6.37

Other corporate securities

     16,936        856        5.05     23,257        1,323        5.33     45,560        2,061        4.34

Total investment in securities

     1,559,019        68,701        4.41     1,559,570        77,581        4.97     1,742,130        87,706        5.03

Federal funds sold and short-term investments

     698,042        1,750        0.25     497,048        4,475        0.90     175,891        3,838        2.18
                                                                        

Total interest-earning assets (te)

     7,262,814        364,384        5.01     6,366,738        335,788        5.27     5,791,929        345,891        5.97
                                                                        

Non-earning assets:

                  

Other assets

     1,236,610            796,479            687,814       

Allowance for loan losses

     (73,190         (63,450         (53,354    
                                    

Total assets

   $ 8,426,234          $ 7,099,767          $ 6,426,389       
                                    

Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity

                  

Interest-bearing Liabilities:

                  

Interest-bearing transaction deposits

   $ 1,940,470        9,013        0.46   $ 1,486,438        7,264        0.49   $ 1,415,288        13,751        0.97

Time deposits

     2,736,206        54,371        1.99     1,987,059        58,252        2.93     1,843,966        70,659        3.83

Public funds

     1,163,993        9,519        0.82     1,288,117        18,797        1.46     1,046,484        26,642        2.55
                                                                        

Total interest-bearing deposits

     5,840,669        72,903        1.25     4,761,614        84,313        1.77     4,305,738        111,052        2.58
                                                                        

Customer repurchase agreements

     477,174        9,303        1.95     523,351        10,802        2.06     524,712        14,491        2.76

Other interest-bearing liabilities

     38,452        209        0.54     90,172        205        0.23     30,186        536        1.78

Capitalized Interest

     —          (70     0.00     —          (20     0.00     —          (77     0.00
                                                                        

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     6,356,295        82,345        1.30     5,375,137        95,300        1.77     4,860,636        126,002        2.59
                                                                        

Non-interest bearing:

                  

Demand deposits

     1,076,829            935,985            876,669       

Other liabilities

     127,400            114,270            104,279       

Stockholders’ equity

     865,710            674,375            584,805       
                                    

Total liabilities & stockholders’ equity

   $ 8,426,234          1.13   $ 7,099,767          1.50   $ 6,426,389          2.17
                                                      

Net interest income and margin (te)

     $ 282,039        3.88     $ 240,487        3.78     $ 219,889        3.80
                                                

Net earning assets and spread

   $ 906,519          3.72   $ 993,171          3.50   $ 933,161          3.38
                                                      

 

*

Loan interest income includes loan fees of $0.2 million, $0.8 million and $0.5 million for each of the three years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. Non-accrual loans in average balances and income on such loans, if recognized, is recorded on a cash basis. Tax equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using a marginal federal income tax rate of 35%.

 

31


Table of Contents

The following table presents the change in interest income and the change in interest expense:

TABLE 2. Summary of Changes in Net Interest Income (te)

 

 

     2010 Compared to 2009     2009 Compared to 2008  
     Due to Change in     Total
Increase

(Decrease)
    Due to Change in     Total
Increase

(Decrease)
 
     Volume     Rate       Volume     Rate    
     (In thousands)  

Interest Income (te)

            

Loans

   $ 39,669      $ 533      $ 40,202      $ 23,974      ($ 24,589   ($ 615

U.S. Treasury securities

     7        (110     (103     (10     (111     (121

U.S. agency securities

     (516     (2,298     (2,814     (7,680     (1,542     (9,222

CMOs

     1,917        325        2,242        614        172        786   

Mortgage-backed securities

     (5,974     (3,229     (9,203     (227     (784     (1,011

Obligations of states and political subdivisions:

            

Taxable

     241        185        426        154        678        832   

Nontaxable (te)

     1,029        10        1,039        (615     (36     (651

FHLB stock and other corporate securities

     (332     (136     (468     (1,132     394        (738

Total investment in securities

     (3,628     (5,253     (8,881     (8,896     (1,229     (10,125

Federal funds and short-term investments

     1,341        (4,066     (2,725     3,893        (3,256     637   
                                                

Total interest income (te)

     37,382        (8,786     28,596        18,971        (29,074     (10,103
                                                

Interest-bearing transaction deposits

     2,124        (375     1,749        659        (7,146     (6,487

Time deposits

     18,146        (22,027     (3,881     5,163        (17,570     (12,407

Public funds

     (1,668     (7,610     (9,278     5,230        (13,075     (7,845
                                                

Total interest-bearing deposits

     18,602        (30,012     (11,410     11,052        (37,791     (26,739
                                                

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

     (920     (579     (1,499     (38     (3,651     (3,689

Other interest-bearing liabilities

     (131     84        (47     4        (277     (273
                                                

Total interest expense

     17,551        (30,507     (12,956     11,018        (41,719     (30,701
                                                

Net interest income (te) variance

   $ 19,831      $ 21,721      $ 41,552      $ 7,953      $ 12,645      $ 20,598   
                                                

Provision for Loan Losses

Continued weakness in residential real estate and commercial real estate, and elevated unemployment levels in our market areas had a significant impact on our net charge-off levels and resulted in a higher allowance for loan losses in 2010 compared to 2009. Net charge-offs were $50.7 million, an increase of $0.4 million, or 0.8%, from 2009 to 2010. The increase was primarily reflected in mortgage loans which represent approximately 13.3% of our total loan portfolio, or about $659.7 million at December 31, 2010. The provision for loan losses was $66.0 million in 2010, an increase of $11.4 million, or 20.9% from 2009. Major drivers of the overall higher level of the provision for loan losses were continued weakness in the local and national economies and increases in nonperforming loans. In the fourth quarter of 2010, we reversed $1.0 million of the $5.2 million specific reserve accrued in the second quarter of 2010 for the Gulf Oil Spill. We are continuing to monitor the impact the Gulf Oil Spill is having on our affected markets. The $1.0 million reversal was offset by an increase of $0.7 million related to credit cards in our acquired loan portfolio. The provision for loan losses reflects management’s assessment of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses to absorb inherent losses in the loan portfolio. The amount of provision for each period is dependent on many factors, including loan growth, net charge-offs, changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, delinquencies, identified loan impairment, management’s assessment of the loan portfolio quality, the value of collateral, as well as, overall economic factors. Our allowance for loan losses as a percent of period-end loans was 1.65% at December 31, 2010 compared to 1.29% at December 31, 2009.

 

32


Table of Contents

Net charge-offs were $50.3 million for 2009, an increase of $28.1 million, or 126.6%, from 2008 to 2009. The provision for loan losses in 2009 was $54.6 million. The allowance for loan losses as a percent of period-end loans was 1.29% in 2009, a decrease of 16 basis points from 1.45% at December 31, 2008. Reported net charge-offs exclude write-downs on purchased impaired loans because the fair value already considers the estimated credit losses.

Noninterest Income

Table 3 presents a three-year analysis of the components of noninterest income along with the percentage changes between years for each component. Overall, noninterest income of $136.9 million was reported in 2010, as compared to $157.3 million for 2009 and $127.8 million for 2008. This represents a decrease of $20.4 million, or 13%, from 2009 to 2010 and an increase of $29.5 million, or 23%, from 2008 to 2009.

TABLE 3. Noninterest Income

 

 

     2010     % Change     2009     % Change     2008  
     (In thousands)  

Service charges on deposit accounts

   $ 45,335        0   $ 45,354        3   $ 44,243   

Trust fees

     16,715        10     15,127        -10     16,858   

Income from insurance operations

     14,461        1     14,355        -13     16,554   

Investment and annuity fees

     10,181        24     8,220        -24     10,807   

Debit card and merchant fees

     14,941        33     11,252        2     11,082   

ATM fees

     9,486        29     7,374        8     6,856   

Secondary mortgage market operations

     8,915        51     5,906        98     2,977   

Income from bank owned life insurance

     5,219        -6     5,527        -6     5,906   

Outsourced check income

     (200     113     (94     -133     285   

Letter of credit fees

     1,451        11     1,309        15     1,140   

Gain on sale of property and equipment

     316        -73     1,180        96     602   

Gain on acquisition

     —          N/M     33,623        N/M     —     

Accretion of indemnification asset

     4,890        N/M     —          N/M     —     

Other income

     5,239        -36     8,125        44     5,643   

Securities transactions gains, net

     —          N/M     69        N/M     4,825   
                                        

Total noninterest income

   $ 136,949        -13   $ 157,327        23   $ 127,778   
                                        

 

*

Not meaningful

The primary factor impacting the decrease in noninterest income compared to a year ago was the $33.6 million gain on acquisition of Peoples First in December 2009. Partially offsetting the decrease in noninterest income was a $4.9 million increase due to accretion on the FDIC indemnification asset from the Peoples First acquisition.

Income from service charges on deposit accounts remained about the same in 2010 compared to 2009, mainly because of lower overdraft and NSF item counts due to new Federal Reserve consumer protection regulations. When comparing 2009 to 2008, service charges on deposit accounts increased $1.1 million, or 3% in 2009 because of increased overdrafts. Service charges include periodic account maintenance fees for both commercial and personal customers, charges for specific transactions or services, such as processing return items or wire transfers, and other revenue associated with deposit accounts, such as commissions on check sales.

Trust fees were up $1.6 million, or 10%, compared to 2009 mainly due to improved financial market conditions. Trust fees decreased $1.7 million, or 10%, from 2009 to 2008 due to difficult market conditions.

Investment and annuity fees increased $2.0 million, or 24%, in 2010 mainly due to improved financial market conditions. Investment and annuity fees decreased $2.6 million, or 24%, from 2008 to 2009 mainly due to difficult financial market conditions. Investment and annuity fees include stock brokerage and annuity sales as well as fixed-income securities transactions for correspondent banks and other commercial and personal customers.

Debit card and merchant fees were up $3.7 million, or 33%, compared to 2009, mainly due to increased activity from the Peoples First acquisition and were up $0.2 million, or 2%, in 2009 compared to 2008.

 

33


Table of Contents

ATM fees rose $2.1 million, or 29%, over 2009 due to increased activity from the Peoples First acquisition and increased growth in our Mississippi and Louisiana markets. When comparing 2009 to 2008, ATM fees increased $0.5 million, or 8%.

Fee income generated by our secondary mortgage market operations increased $3.0 million, or 51%, between 2010 and 2009 after increasing $2.9 million, or 98%, between 2009 and 2008. Because of the historically low rate environment, the refinancing of current loans increased during 2009 and continued during 2010. The increase in 2009 over 2008 was also due to a higher volume of secondary market loans.

Other income decreased $2.9 million in 2010 mainly due to gains on sales of land of $1.4 million and a $1.0 million increase in other investment income during 2009.

Noninterest Expense

Table 4 presents an analysis of the components of noninterest expense for the years 2010, 2009 and 2008. The level of operating expenses increased $45.8 million, or 20%, from 2009 to 2010 and increased $20.0 million, or 9%, from 2008 to 2009.

TABLE 4. Noninterest Expense

 

 

     2010      % Change     2009      % Change     2008  
     (In thousands)  

Employee compensation

   $ 112,477         18   $ 95,674         8   $ 88,670   

Employee benefits

     29,565         15     25,775         22     21,103   
                                          

Total personnel expense

     142,042         17     121,449         11     109,773   

Equipment and data processing expense

     34,215         18     28,892         -2     29,424   

Net occupancy expense

     23,803         17     20,340         4     19,538   

Postage and communications

     11,019         30     8,474         -10     9,454   

Ad valorem and franchise taxes

     3,568         -1     3,621         3     3,532   

Legal and professional services

     16,447         33     12,321         -3     12,718   

Printing and supplies

     2,380         25     1,911         4     1,833   

Amortization of intangible assets

     2,728         93     1,417         -1     1,432   

Advertising

     7,713         38     5,597         -19     6,917   

Deposit insurance and regulatory fees

     11,401         -9     12,589         342     2,851   

Training expenses

     627         45     432         -34     655   

Other real estate owned expense, net

     4,475         230     1,357         48     917   

Insurance expense

     2,010         6     1,905         -4     1,975   

Other fees

     3,649         -4     3,802         -7     4,084   

Non loan carge-offs

     982         -34     1,494         151     595   

Other expense

     12,201         55     7,869         2     7,745   
                                          

Total noninterest expense

   $ 279,260         20   $ 233,470         9   $ 213,443   
                                          

Total personnel expense increased $20.6 million, or 17%, in 2010 when compared to the prior year and increased $11.7 million, or 11%, from 2008 to 2009. The increase is mainly due to the additional full time equivalent employees from the Peoples First acquisition. Total personnel expense consists of employee compensation and employee benefits. Employee compensation includes base salaries and contract labor costs, compensation earned under sales-based and other employee incentive programs, and compensation expense under management incentive plans. Employee benefits, in addition to payroll taxes, are the cost of providing health benefits for active and retired employees and the cost of providing pension benefits through both the defined-benefit plans and a 401(k) employee savings plan.

 

34


Table of Contents

Employee compensation increased $16.8 million, or 18%, in 2010, mostly due to base salary expense related to our expanded footprint, increased incentive and bonus expense, and salary FTE increases on legacy Hancock Bank. Employee compensation was up $7.0 million, or 8%, from 2008 to 2009 primarily due to the previous reasons in addition to lower deferrals of salary loan origination costs. Employee benefits expense increased $3.8 million, or 15%, in 2010 over the prior year primarily due to increased health insurance and 401K match related to increased base pay, and was $4.7 million, or 22% higher in 2009 compared to 2008 due to increased pension expense.

Equipment and data processing expense was up $5.3 million, or 18%, compared to 2009 due to increased operating activity and the system conversion project associated with Peoples First.

Net occupancy expense increased $3.5 million, or 17%, in 2010 mainly due to the facilities acquired from Peoples First. Increased expenses related mainly to building rent, utilities, property taxes and building insurance. Net occupancy expense increased $0.8 million, or 4%, in 2009 over 2008 due to higher insurance rates, property taxes and an increase in general service contracts.

Legal and professional services increased $4.1 million, or 33%, in 2010 compared to 2009, mostly due to increased costs associated with the acquisition, valuation and conversion of Peoples First, increased indirect dealer fees in Mississippi and increased foreclosure expenses.

Deposit insurance and regulatory fees decreased $1.2 million, or 9%, in 2010 and increased $9.7 million in 2009 due to a $3.4 million FDIC special assessment in the second quarter of 2009 and increased fees due to insurance on noninterest bearing transaction accounts in 2009.

Advertising expense increased $2.1 million, or 38%, over 2009 mostly due to increased television, radio and newspaper ads and direct mail activity in our new Florida market areas. Advertising expense decreased $1.3 million, or 19%, from 2008 to 2009 mainly due to decreases in direct mailing and newspaper advertising.

Other real estate owned expense increased $3.1 million in 2010 due to increased volume resulting in additional write-downs and higher expenses.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense was $9.7 million in 2010, $22.9 million in 2009 and $21.6 million in 2008. Our effective income tax rate continues to be less than the statutory rate of 35%, due primarily to tax-exempt interest income and tax credits. The effective tax rates for 2010, 2009 and 2008 were 16%, 23% and 25%, respectively. Due to the reduced level of pretax income in 2010, the tax exempt interest income and the utilization of tax credits had a significant impact on the effective tax rate.

SEGMENT REPORTING

See Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Securities Available for Sale

Our investment in securities was $1.5 billion at December 31, 2010, compared to $1.6 billion at December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2010, 100% of the portfolio was comprised of securities classified as available for sale and none were classified as trading or held to maturity. Average investment securities were $1.6 billion for 2010 and 2009.

The vast majority of securities in our portfolio are fixed rate and there were no investments in securities of a single issuer, other than U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency securities and mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies that exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity. We do not invest in subprime or “Alt A” home mortgage loans. We also hold short-term investments that represent U.S. government agency discount notes that all mature in less than 1 year. The investments are classified as available for sale and are carried at fair value. Unrealized holding gains are excluded from net income and are recognized, net of tax, in other comprehensive income and in accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity, until realized. At December 31, 2010, the average maturity of the portfolio was 3.62 years with an effective duration of 2.37 and an average yield of 4.41%.

 

35


Table of Contents

Our securities portfolio is an important source of liquidity and earnings for us. A stated objective in managing the securities portfolio is to provide consistent liquidity to support balance sheet growth but also to provide a safe and consistent stream of earnings. To that end, management is open to opportunities that present themselves which enables us to improve the structure and earnings potential of the securities portfolio.

The amortized costs of securities classified as available for sale at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, were as follows (in thousands):

TABLE 5. Securities by Type

 

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010      2009      2008  

Available for sale securities

        

U.S. Treasury

   $ 10,797       $ 11,869       $ 11,250   

U.S. government agencies

     106,054         131,858         224,803   

Municipal obligations

     181,747         188,656         151,706   

Mortgage-backed securities

     761,704         1,076,708         1,041,805   

CMOs

     367,662         140,663         195,771   

Other debt securities

     14,329         15,578         25,117   

Equity securities

     3,428         1,071         1,047   
                          
   $ 1,445,721       $ 1,566,403       $ 1,651,499   
                          

The amortized cost, yield and fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2010, by contractual maturity, were as follows (amounts in thousands):

TABLE 6. Securities Maturities by Type

 

 

      One Year
or

Less
    Over One
Year
Through
Five Years
    Over Five
Years
Through
Ten Years
    Over
Ten
Years
    Total     Fair
Value
     Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Available for sale

               

U.S. Treasury

   $ 10,389      $ 408      $ —        $ —        $ 10,797      $ 10,844         0.46

U.S. government agencies

     75,400        30,601        53        —          106,054        106,591         1.68

Municipal obligations

     12,317        46,224        98,048        25,158        181,747        180,443         5.98

Mortgage-backed securities

     —          8,637        112,992        640,075        761,704        799,686         4.52

CMOs

     —          124,803        5,234        237,625        367,662        372,051         3.29

Other debt securities

     1,544        9,322        3,296        167        14,329        15,285         5.66
                                                   
   $ 99,650      $ 219,995      $ 219,623      $ 903,025      $ 1,442,293      $ 1,484,900         4.17
                                                   

Fair Value

   $ 99,403      $ 221,419      $ 224,468      $ 939,610      $ 1,484,900        
                                             

Weighted Average Yield

     1.45     3.15     4.71     4.35     4.17     

Other Equity Securities

           $ 3,428      $ 3,985         N/A   
                           

Total available for sale securities

           $ 1,445,721      $ 1,488,885         4.17
                           

 

36


Table of Contents

Federal Funds Sold and Short-term Investments

We held $0.1 million in federal funds sold in 2010, a decrease of $0.3 million from 2009. We held $275.0 million at December 31, 2010 and $214.8 million at December 31, 2009 in U.S. government agency discount notes as securities available for sale at amortized cost. The short-term investments all mature in less than 1 year. As the amortized cost is a reasonable estimate for fair value of these short-term investments, there were no gross unrealized losses to evaluate for impairment in the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. We did this primarily for liquidity and to use these investments as collateral for public fund deposit and customer repos.

Loan Portfolio

Average loans were $5.0 billion in 2010, an increase of $695.6 million, or 16.1%, over 2009 primarily due to the acquisition of Peoples First in December 2009. Average covered loans were up $833.9 million over 2009 due to the Peoples First acquisition taking place during the last month of the year. Covered loans refer to loans we acquired in the Peoples First FDIC-assisted transaction that are subject to loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC. As indicated by Table 7, commercial and real estate loans decreased $33.4 million, or 1.2%, from 2009. Included in this category are commercial real estate loans, which are secured by properties, used in commercial or industrial operations. We originate commercial and real estate loans to a wide variety of customers in many different industries and, as such, no single industry concentrations existed at December 31, 2010.

Mortgage loans of $408.7 million were $30.9 million, or 7.0%, lower than in 2009. We originate both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate mortgage loans. Certain types of mortgage loans are sold in the secondary mortgage market, while Hancock retains other types. We also originate home equity loans. This product offers customers the opportunity to leverage rising home values and equity, when the market allows, to obtain tax-advantaged consumer financing. We do not offer subprime or “Alt A” home mortgage loans.

Direct consumer loans, which include loans and revolving lines of credit made directly to consumers, were up $10.1 million, or 1.7%, from 2009.

We originate indirect consumer loans, which consist primarily of consumer loans originated through third parties such as automobile dealers or other point-of-sale channels. Indirect consumer loans of $333.8 million for 2010 were down $77.9 million, or 18.9%, from 2009.

We own a finance company subsidiary, which originates both direct and indirect consumer loans. Finance company loans decreased $6.1 million, or 5.5%, at December 31, 2010, compared to the subsidiary’s outstanding loans on December 31, 2009. Harrison Finance in late 2008 closed several branches with the portfolio experiencing no real growth for 2010. This customer base is much more likely to be severely impacted by employment weakness and loss of access to credit representing a higher risk profile. Some loan types have been discontinued in 2010 and new emphasis is being placed on loan quality and asset quality maintenance in this area.

The following table shows average loan growth for the three-year period ended December 31, 2010:

TABLE 7. Average Loans

 

 

     2010     2009     2008  
     Balance      TE Yield     Mix     Balance      TE Yield     Mix     Balance      TE Yield     Mix  
                        (In thousands)                     

Commercial & R.E. loans

   $ 2,675,478         5.35     53.4   $ 2,708,848         5.35     62.8   $ 2,393,856         6.00     61.8

Mortgage loans

     408,671         5.67     8.2     439,584         5.72     10.2     418,133         5.93     10.8

Direct consumer loans and credit card loans

     614,624         5.48     12.3     604,555         5.54     14.0     540,885         6.73     13.9

Indirect consumer loans

     333,834         6.36     6.7     411,772         6.65     9.6     405,964         6.81     10.5

Finance company loans

     105,398         17.38     2.1     111,500         17.38     2.6     115,070         18.53     3.0

Covered loans

     867,748         6.18     17.3     33,861         7.64     0.8     —           0.00     0.0
                                                                           

Total average loans (net of unearned)

   $ 5,005,753         5.86     100.0   $ 4,310,120         5.89     100.0   $ 3,873,908         6.57     100.0
                                                                           

 

37


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the composition of our loan portfolio:

TABLE 8. Loans Outstanding by Type

 

 

     Loan Portfolio
Years Ended December 31,
 
     2010      2009      2008      2007      2006  
     (In thousands)  

Real estate:

              

Residential mortgages 1-4 family

   $ 780,052       $ 752,378       $ 771,995       $ 705,566       $ 702,772   

Residential mortgages multifamily

     89,301         73,467         65,979         53,442         69,296   

Home equity lines/loans

     327,153         353,099         312,598         214,528         133,540   

Construction and development

     409,478         521,740         586,830         628,037         534,460   

Nonresidential

     1,131,821         1,041,159         943,105         731,318         666,593   

Commercial, industrial and other

     893,277         815,603         884,102         627,015         551,484   

Consumer

     456,940         535,288         611,036         564,869         525,164   

Lease financing

     54,872         68,451         72,571         72,717         69,487   

Other revolving credit

     16,104         15,839         15,933         15,391         14,262   

Covered loans

     809,151         950,430         —           —           —     
                                            
     4,968,149         5,127,454         4,264,149         3,612,883         3,267,058   

Less, unearned income

     10,985         13,279         14,859         16,326         17,420   
                                            

Net loans

   $ 4,957,164       $ 5,114,175       $ 4,249,290       $ 3,596,557       $ 3,249,638   
                                            

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the approximate contractual maturity by type of the loan portfolio:

TABLE 9. Loans Maturities by Type

 

 

    

December 31, 2010

Maturity Range

 
     Within
One Year
     After One
Through
Five Years
     After Five
Years
     Total  
            (In thousands)         

Commercial, industrial and other

   $ 306,764       $ 323,447       $ 263,066       $ 893,277   

Real estate - construction

     47,217         315,594         46,667         409,478   

Covered loans

     269,657         171,500         367,994         809,151   

All other loans

     191,285         819,800         1,834,173         2,845,258   
                                   

Total loans

   $ 814,923       $ 1,630,341       $ 2,511,900       $ 4,957,164   
                                   

 

38


Table of Contents

The sensitivity to interest rate changes of that portion of our loan portfolio that matures after one year is shown below:

TABLE 10. Loans Sensitivity to Changes in Interest Rates

 

 

     December 31,
2010
 
     (In thousands)  

Commercial, industrial, and real estate construction maturing after one year:

  

Fixed rate

   $ 785,262   

Floating rate

     163,514   

Covered loans maturing after one year:

  

Fixed rate

     146,918   

Floating rate

     392,576   

Other loans maturing after one year:

  

Fixed rate

     1,691,257   

Floating rate

     962,715   
        

Total

   $ 4,142,242   
        

Non-performing Assets

Non-performing assets consist of loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis, restructured loans and foreclosed assets. In some instances, loans are placed on non-accrual status. All accrued but uncollected interest related to the loan is deducted from income in the period the loan is assigned a non-accrual status. For such period as a loan is in non-accrual status, any cash receipts are applied first to principal, second to expenses incurred to cause payment to be made and lastly to the recovery of any reversed interest income and interest that would be due and owing subsequent to the loan being placed on non-accrual status.

Included in non-accrual loans is $8.7 million in restructured commercial loans. Total troubled debt restructurings for the period were $12.6 million. Loan restructurings occur when a borrower is experiencing, or is expected to experience, financial difficulties in the near-term and, consequently, a modification that would otherwise not be considered is granted to the borrower. The concessions involve paying interest only for a period of 6 to 12 months. We do not typically lower the interest rate or forgive principal or interest as part of the loan modification. There have been no commitments to lend additional funds to any borrowers whose loans have been restructured. Troubled debt restructurings can involve loans remaining on non-accrual, moving to non-accrual, or continuing to accrue, depending on the individual facts and circumstances of the borrower. The evaluation of the borrower’s financial condition and prospects include consideration of the borrower’s sustained historical repayment performance for a reasonable period prior to the date on which the loan is returned to accrual status. A sustained period of repayment performance generally would be a minimum of six months and would involve payments of cash or cash equivalents. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is not reasonably assured, the loan remains classified as a non-accrual loan.

 

39


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth non-performing assets by type for the periods indicated, consisting of non-accrual loans, troubled debt restructurings and real estate owned. Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing are also disclosed:

TABLE 11. Non-performing Assets

 

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis

   $ 66,988      $ 30,978      $ 29,976      $ 13,067      $ 3,500   

Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis - covered

     45,286        55,577        —          —          —     

Restructured loans

     12,641        —          —          —          —     

Foreclosed assets

     17,595        14,336        5,360        2,297        681   

Foreclosed assets - covered

     15,682        —          —          —          —     
                                        

Total non-performing assets

   $ 158,192      $ 100,891      $ 35,336      $ 15,364      $ 4,181   
                                        

Loans 90 days past due still accruing

   $ 1,492      $ 11,647      $ 11,005      $ 4,154      $ 2,552   
                                        

Ratios

          

Non-performing assets to loans plus other real estate

     3.17     1.97     0.83     0.43     0.13

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans and accruing loans 90 days past due

     51.35     58.69     133.16     241.43     694.67

Loans 90 days past due still accruing to loans

     0.03     0.23     0.26     0.11     0.08

Total non-performing assets at December 31, 2010 were $158.2 million, an increase of $57.3 million, or 57%, from December 31, 2009. Loans that are over 90 days past due but still accruing were $1.5 million at December 31, 2010 compared to $11.6 million at December 31, 2009. The decrease in loans 90 days past due and most of the increase in non-accrual loans can be attributed to the effects of Management’s more aggressive risk management discipline. During 2010, we implemented a new policy, classifying Finance Company loans that are more than 90 days past due as non-accrual. Approximately $15.7 million of the $18.9 million increase in foreclosed assets is due to the acquisition of Peoples First and are covered assets under FDIC loss-sharing agreements. The increases in foreclosed assets and non-accrual loans are mainly due to the on-going national recession, weakness in residential development, and higher unemployment levels across all of our markets. Management believes that the loans included in the non-performing assets total are being handled appropriately.

The amount of interest that would have been recorded on non-accrual loans had the loans not been classified as “non-accrual” was $5.7 million, $2.0 million, $1.1 million, $0.05 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Interest actually received on non-accrual loans at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $1.0 million and $0.3 million, respectively, and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was not material.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

Management and the Audit Committee are responsible for maintaining an effective loan review system, and internal controls, which include an effective risk rating system that identifies, monitors, and addresses asset quality problems in an accurate and timely manner. The allowance is evaluated for adequacy on at least a quarterly basis.

Our loan loss reserve methodology is established and maintained at an amount sufficient to cover the estimated credit loss associated with the loan and lease portfolios of the Bank as of the date of determination. Credit losses arise not only from credit risk, but also from other risks inherent in the lending process including, but not limited to, collateral risk, operational risk, concentration risk, and economic risk. As such, all related risks of lending are considered when assessing the adequacy of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (ALLL).

The methodology for determining the allowance for loan and lease losses involves significant judgment. Therefore, we have established a methodology for measuring the adequacy of the ALLL, which is systematic and consistently applied each quarter. The analysis and methodology include three primary segments: (1) a specific reserve analysis for those loans considered impaired under FASB guidance; (2) a pool analysis of groups of loans within the portfolio that have similar characteristics; and (3) qualitative risk factors and general economic conditions.

 

40


Table of Contents

The guidance requires that a reserve analysis is to be completed on all loans that have been determined to be impaired by Management. When a loan is determined to be impaired, the amount of that impairment must be measured by either the loan’s observable market price, the fair value of the collateral of the loan, less liquidation costs, if it is collateral dependent, or by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. If the value of the impaired loan is less than the current balance of the loan, we must recognize the impairment by creating a specific reserve allowance for the shortfall.

The second reserve segment, the pool analysis methodology is governed by authoritative guidance regarding accounting for contingencies. A historical loss rate is calculated for each loan type over the 12 prior quarters to determine the 3 year average loss rate. As circumstances dictate, Management will make adjustments to the loss history to reflect significant changes in our loss history.

The third segment relates to risks not captured elsewhere. Adjustments are made to historical loss rates to cover risks associated with trends in delinquencies, non-accruals, current economic conditions, credit administration/ underwriting practices, and borrower concentrations.

At December 31, 2010, the allowance for loan losses was $82.0 million, or 1.65%, of year-end loans, compared to $66.1 million, or 1.29%, of year-end loans for 2009. The allowance includes a $4.2 million provision designated for the potential impact of the 2010 Gulf Oil Spill and a $0.7 provision related to credit cards in our acquired loan portfolio. In addition, an increased estimated provision of $6.5 million was added for specific reserve analysis for those loans considered impaired under ASC 310 and $4.6 million was added for loans that are considered non-impaired under ASC 450. We do not offer subprime home mortgage loans, and therefore, our increased reserve is not associated with those high risk loans. The only higher risk loans we offer are through our finance company but those loans are immaterial to our loan portfolio. Net charge-offs increased to $50.7 million in 2010, as compared to $50.3 million in 2009. Overall, the allowance for loan losses was 51.4% of non-performing loans and accruing loans 90 days past due at year-end 2010 compared to 58.7% at year-end 2009.

Purchased loans are recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. In addition, reported net charge-offs exclude write-downs on purchased impaired loans as the fair value already considers the estimated credit losses. For our purchased loans, we estimate expected cash flows at each quarterly reporting date. Subsequent decreases to expected cash flows will generally result in a provision for loan losses and subsequent increases in cash flows will result in a reversal of the provision for loan losses to the extent of prior charges and an adjustment to accretable yield. As mentioned in the prior paragraph, we recorded a $0.7 million provision related to credit cards in our acquired loan portfolio in the fourth quarter of 2010.

We utilize quantitative methodologies to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses and are of the opinion that the allowance at December 31, 2010 is adequate.

 

41


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, average net loans outstanding, allowance for loan losses, amounts charged-off and recoveries of loans previously charged-off:

TABLE 12. Summary of Activity in the Allowance for Loan Losses

 

 

     At and For The Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Net loans outstanding at end of period

   $ 4,957,164      $ 5,114,175      $ 4,249,290      $ 3,596,557      $ 3,249,638   
                                        

Average net loans outstanding

   $ 5,005,753      $ 4,310,120      $ 3,873,908      $ 3,428,009      $ 3,062,222   
                                        

Balance of allowance for loan losses at beginning of period

   $ 66,050      $ 61,725      $ 47,123      $ 46,772      $ 74,558   
                                        

Loans charged-off:

          

Real estate

     4,615        3,670        1,360        530        758   

Commercial

     39,247        36,882        12,974        2,597        3,676   

Consumer, credit cards and other revolving credit

     14,258        14,333        13,051        11,159        14,712   

Lease financing

     146        30        22        166        369   
                                        

Total charge-offs

     58,266        54,915        27,407        14,452        19,515   
                                        

Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:

          

Real estate

     740        241        162        188        263   

Commercial

     3,491        766        1,036        2,774        4,729   

Consumer, credit cards and other revolving credit

     3,353        3,642        4,026        4,205        7,489   

Lease financing

     —          1        —          43        10   
                                        

Total recoveries

     7,584        4,650        5,224        7,210        12,491   
                                        

Net charge-offs

     50,682        50,265        22,183        7,242        7,024   

Provision for (reversal of) loan losses, net (a)

     65,991        54,590        36,785        7,593        (20,762

Increase in indemnification asset (a)

     638        —          —          —          —     
                                        

Balance of allowance for loan losses at end of period

   $ 81,997      $ 66,050      $ 61,725      $ 47,123      $ 46,772   
                                        

Ratios

          

Gross charge-offs to average loans

     1.16     1.27     0.71     0.42     0.64

Recoveries to average loans

     0.15     0.11     0.13     0.21     0.41

Net charge-offs to average loans

     1.01     1.17     0.57     0.21     0.23

Allowance for loan losses to year end loans

     1.65     1.29     1.45     1.31     1.44

Net charge-offs to period-end net loans

     1.02     0.98     0.52     0.20     0.22

Allowance for loan losses to average net loans

     1.64     1.53     1.59     1.37     1.53

Net charge-offs to loan loss allowance

     61.81     76.10     35.94     15.37     15.02

 

(a)

The provision for loan losses is shown “net” after coverage provided by FDIC loss share agreements on covered loans. This results in an increase in the indemnification asset, which is the difference between the provision for loan losses on covered loans of $672, and the impairment ($34) on those covered loans.

 

42


Table of Contents

An allocation of the loan loss allowance by major loan category is set forth in the following table. There were no relevant variations in loan concentrations, quality or terms. The unallocated portion of the allowance represents supportable estimates of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio but not specifically related to one category of the portfolio. The allocation is not necessarily indicative of the category of incurred losses, and the full allowance at December 31, 2010 is available to absorb losses occurring in any category of loans.

TABLE 13. Allocation of Loan Loss by Category

 

 

     For Years Ended December 31,  
     2010      2009      2008      2007      2006  
     Allowance
for

Loan
Losses (1)
     % of
Loans to
Total
Loans (2)
     Allowance
for

Loan
Losses (1)
    % of
Loans to
Total
Loans (2)
     Allowance
for

Loan
Losses (1)
     % of
Loans to
Total
Loans (2)
     Allowance
for

Loan
Losses (1)
     % of
Loans to
Total
Loans (2)
     Allowance
for

Loan
Losses (1)
     % of
Loans to
Total
Loans (2)
 
                                (In thousands)                              

Real estate

   $ 4,626         71.28       $ 4,782        71.76       $ 5,315         63.08       $ 1,998         64.85       $ 1,697         64.84   

Commercial, industrial and other

     52,694         19.18         42,517        17.27         36,448         22.35         27,546         19.15         27,838         18.77   

Consumer and other revolving credit

     20,512         9.54         18,784        10.97         19,063         14.57         16,111         16.00         15,363         16.39   

Unallocated

     4,165         —           (33     —           899         —           1,468         —           1,874         —     
                                                                                        
   $ 81,997         100.00       $ 66,050        100.00       $ 61,725         100.00       $ 47,123         100.00       $ 46,772         100.00   
                                                                                        

 

(1)

Loans used in the calculation of “allowance for loan losses” are grouped according to loan purpose.

(2)

Loans used in the calculation of “% of loans to total loans” are grouped by collateral type.

Deposits

Total average deposits increased by $1.2 billion, or 21.4%, from $5.7 billion at December 31, 2009 to $6.9 billion at December 31, 2010 mainly due to the Peoples First acquisition in December 2009. The increases occurred across all deposit types. Non-interest bearing demand deposits grew $140.8 million, or 15.0%, NOW account deposits grew $81.2 million, or 5.0%, money market deposits grew $212.0 million, or 32.5%, savings deposits grew $55.3 million or 14.8%, and time deposits increased $730.5 million or 34.5%.

Over the course of 2010, we continued our focus on multiple accounts, core deposit relationships and strategic placement of time deposit campaigns to stimulate overall deposit growth. In addition, we keep as our highest priority, continued customer demand for safety and liquidity of deposit products. The Banks traditionally price their deposits to position themselves competitively with the local market.

Table 14 shows average deposits for a three-year period.

TABLE 14. Average Deposits

 

 

     2010     2009     2008  
     Balance      Rate     Mix     Balance      Rate     Mix     Balance      Rate     Mix  
                        (In thousands)                     

Non-interest bearing demand deposits

   $ 1,076,829         0.00     16   $ 935,985         0.00     16   $ 876,669         0.00     17

NOW account deposits

     1,697,720         0.65     25     1,616,523         1.09     28     1,195,900         1.65     23

Money market deposits

     864,582         0.71     12     652,572         0.95     11     612,510         1.91     12

Savings deposits

     428,083         0.12     6     372,781         0.12     7     370,705         0.26     7

Time deposits (including Public Funds CDs)

     2,850,284         1.94     41     2,119,738         2.84     38     2,126,623         3.70     41
                                                         

Total average deposits

   $ 6,917,498           100   $ 5,697,599           100   $ 5,182,407           100
                                                         

 

43


Table of Contents

Time certificates of deposit of $100,000 and greater at December 31, 2010 had maturities as follows:

TABLE 15. Maturity of Time Deposits greater than or equal to $100,000

 

 

     December 31, 2010  
     (In thousands)  

Three months

   $ 270,843   

Over three through six months

     140,203   

Over six months through one year

     397,800   

Over one year

     456,412   
        

Total

   $ 1,265,258   
        

Short-Term Borrowings

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our short-term borrowings, which consist of federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase and FHLB borrowings.

TABLE 16. Short-Term Borrowings

 

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  
     (In thousands)  

Federal funds purchased:

      

Amount outstanding at period-end

   $ —        $ 250      $ —     

Weighted average interest at period-end

     0.14     0.11     —     

Maximum amount at any month-end during period

   $ 6,900      $ 4,700      $ 33,775   

Average amount outstanding during period

   $ 2,734      $ 3,484      $ 16,003   

Weighted average interest rate during period

     0.13     0.21     2.20

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

      

Amount outstanding at period-end

   $ 364,676      $ 484,457      $ 505,932   

Weighted average interest at period-end

     1.69     1.99     2.10

Maximum amount at any month end during-period

   $ 534,627      $ 567,888      $ 621,424   

Average amount outstanding during period

   $ 477,174      $ 523,351      $ 524,712   

Weighted average interest rate during period

     1.95     2.06     2.76

FHLB borrowings:

      

Amount outstanding at period-end

   $ 10,172      $ 30,805      $ —     

Weighted average interest at period-end

     1.19     0.38     —     

Maximum amount at any month end during-period

   $ 30,676      $ 156,000      $ —     

Average amount outstanding during period

   $ 22,846      $ 75,160      $ 2,650   

Weighted average interest rate during period

     0.57     0.17     2.04

 

44


Table of Contents

Return on Equity and Assets

Information regarding performance and equity ratios is as follows:

TABLE 17. Return on Equity and Assets

 

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  

Return on average assets

     0.62     1.05     1.02

Return on average common equity

     6.03     11.09     11.18

Dividend payout ratio

     68.09     42.11     46.38

Average common equity to average assets ratio

     10.27     9.50     9.10

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit

In the normal course of business, we enter into financial instruments, such as commitments to extend credit and letters of credit, to meet the financing needs of our customers. Such instruments are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements until they are funded and involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk not reflected in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract amounts of these instruments reflect our exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party on whose behalf the instrument has been issued. We undertake the same credit evaluation in making commitments and conditional obligations as we do for on-balance-sheet instruments and may require collateral or other credit support for off-balance-sheet financial instruments.

At December 31, 2010, we had $912.2 million in unused loan commitments outstanding, of which approximately $728.5 million were at variable rates and the remainder were at fixed rates. A commitment to extend credit is an agreement to lend to a customer as long as the conditions established in the agreement have been satisfied. A commitment to extend credit generally has a fixed expiration date or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee by the borrower. Since commitments often expire without being fully drawn, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent our future cash requirements. We continually evaluate each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. Occasionally, a credit evaluation of a customer requesting a commitment to extend credit results in our obtaining collateral to support the obligation.

Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing a letter of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending a loan. At December 31, 2010, we had $87.0 million in letters of credit issued and outstanding.

 

45


Table of Contents

The following table shows the commitments to extend credit and letters of credit at December 31, 2010 and 2009 according to expiration date.

TABLE 18. Commitments and Letters of Credit

 

 

            Expiration Date  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3
years
     3-5
years
     More than
5 years
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2010

              

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 912,206       $ 527,426       $ 81,719       $ 56,715       $ 246,346   

Letters of credit

     87,038         31,271         35,920         19,231         616   
                                            

Total

   $ 999,244       $ 558,697       $ 117,639       $ 75,946       $ 246,962   
                                            
            Expiration Date  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3
years
     3-5
years
     More than
5 years
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2009

              

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 983,242       $ 637,170       $ 54,678       $ 64,773       $ 226,621   

Letters of credit

     108,736         53,797         19,990         34,934         15   
                                            

Total

   $ 1,091,978       $ 690,967       $ 74,668       $ 99,707       $ 226,636   
                                            

RISK MANAGEMENT

Credit Risk

The Banks’ primary lending focus is to provide commercial, consumer, and real estate loans to consumers, to small and middle market businesses in their respective market areas, and to State, County, and Municipal government entities. Diversification in the loan portfolio is a means of reducing the risks associated with economic fluctuations. The Banks have no significant concentrations of loans to particular borrowers or loans to any foreign entities. The Banks have very granular loan portfolios, with average loan size at very modest levels. We monitor real estate lending concentrations throughout the year, and we do not have any commercial real estate concentrations, as defined by interagency guidelines. We have experienced a decrease in residential construction/development lending over the course of the last three years, as we have actively managed this segment of lending within the Company. This segment of the loan portfolio still represents somewhat of a risk considering national housing trends, local market demand for housing, price softness in some markets, population migration trends, as well as general economic conditions. We monitor local trends for demand and inventory levels, in addition to price stability information. These monitoring disciplines will continue into 2011 and we will adjust our lending posture appropriately.

We are concerned about the stability of real estate values locally and nationally. We have had concerns about non owner occupied commercial investment projects such as hotels; office buildings; mini storage buildings; retail strip centers etc. since occupancies, demand, and lease rates for these properties have not yet fully stabilized. A number of national, regional, and local economic factors will have an impact on the stabilization of these components, so we remain concerned until we see some strengthening in these areas. Appraisal values are likewise impacted in these times of uncertainty as there are challenges to arrive at reliable values in this period when multiple issues are affecting the market.

Appropriate and compliant third party valuations are obtained at the time of origination for real estate secured transactions. As determinations are made that a loan has deteriorated to the point of becoming a problem loan, updated valuations may be ordered prior to maturity to determine whether there is some value impairment, leading to a recommendation for partial charge off. Loans that are graded as Substandard or Doubtful within the portfolio and are $1,000,000 and greater in size, are required to have third party valuations performed annually to determine if there is further impairment requiring further write-downs. Those valuations are ordered through, and reviewed by, the Bank’s Appraisal Department consistent with regulatory requirements. The Bank typically orders “as is” value for the subject property if it is in a criticized loan classification.

For those loans under $1,000,000 but over $100,000 we utilize information obtained from historical losses within Other Real Estate sold to discount the appraisal value to determine the impairment associated with the loan. If, in the opinion of management, the value is still in question, it may be necessary to obtain a recertification of the appraisal on hand or obtain an updated or completely new appraisal. Appraisals received that provide a current value that creates an impairment are brought to the monthly Charge-Off meeting with management for discussion and appropriate provisions or charge-offs are promptly recognized.

All loans that have incurred a partial write-down for value impairment are recognized as Substandard or Doubtful on the Bank’s books. The Bank maintains an active Loan Review function so that developing problems are captured and recognized. Further, an active Watch List review routine is in place as part of the Bank’s problem loan management strategy. On no less than a monthly basis, a 90 days and still accruing loan report is sent to the Special Assets manager. This report is reviewed with Management, including the Chief Credit Officer and all loans that are not in the process of collection and/or well secured are recommended for Non-Accrual status. Recommendations flow from all of the above activities to recognize non performing loans and determine accrual status.

The Bank determines the amount of the appropriate write-down (or partial charge off) after review of the appraisal, and considering the amount of estimated selling expenses, other costs of sale, and carrying costs. This analysis would include the customer’s repayment ability outside of the collateral position securing the loan. These are based upon an annual review of the history of these expenses within the Bank.

Our Direct Loan portfolio represents approximately 54% of the bank’s total retail portfolio, including mortgage loans as of 12/31/10. At year end 2010, approximately 97% of the Direct Loan portfolio was secured while approximately 3% of the portfolio was considered unsecured. The size of our Indirect Loan Portfolio continued to trend down during 2010, due to both product demand and our targets for high quality accounts.

Loans are underwritten on the basis of repayment ability and collateral value. Generally, real estate secured loans and mortgage loans are made when the borrower produces evidence of repayment ability along with appropriate equity in the property.

 

46


Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The allowance for loan and lease losses “ALLL” is a valuation account available to absorb losses on loans. The ALLL is established and maintained at an amount sufficient to cover the estimated credit loss associated with the loan and lease portfolios as of the date of the determination. Credit losses arise not only from credit risk, but also from other risks inherent in the lending process including, but not limited to, collateral risk, operational risk, concentration risk, and economic risk. As such, all related risks of lending are considered when assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses. Quarterly, we estimate the probable level of losses to determine whether the allowance is adequate to absorb reasonably foreseeable, anticipated losses in the existing portfolio based on our past loan loss and delinquency experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrowers’ ability to repay, and the estimated value of any underlying collateral and current economic conditions. The analysis and methodology include three primary segments. These segments include a pool analysis of various retail loans based upon loss history, a pool analysis of commercial and commercial real estate loans based upon loss history by loan type, and a specific reserve analysis for those loans considered impaired under generally accepted accounting principles. All commercial and commercial real estate loans with an outstanding balance of $100,000 or greater are individually reviewed for impairment; substandard mortgage loans with balances of $100,000 or greater are also included in the analysis. All losses are charged to the allowance for loan and lease losses when the loss actually occurs or when a determination is made that a loss is likely to occur; recoveries are credited to the allowance for loan losses at the time of receipt. Beginning in 2011, we changed the scope of the analysis to include all commercial, commercial real estate and substandard mortgage loans with balances of $250,000 or greater.

Commercial loans are considered impaired when it is probable (the future event or events are likely to occur) that the bank will be unable to collect all amounts due (including principal and interest) according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. In order to ensure consideration of all possible impairments, for purposes of the model the Banks consider all loans that are risk rated substandard as impaired. When a loan is determined to be impaired, the amount of that impairment must be measured by either the loan’s observable market price, the fair value of the collateral of the loan (less liquidation costs) if it is collateral dependent, or by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. If the value of the impaired loan is less than the current balance of the loan, the impairment is recognized by creating a specific reserve allowance for the shortfall. If the value is greater or equal to the loan balance, then no reserve allocation may be made for the loan. In addition, any loans included in the impairment review are not incorporated into the pool analysis to avoid double counting.

Pool analysis is applied for all retail loans. The retail loans are subdivided into three groups, which currently include: mortgage real estate, indirect loans and direct consumer loans. A historical loss rate is calculated for each group over the twelve prior quarters to determine the three year average loss rate. As circumstances dictate, management will make adjustments to the loss history to reflect significant changes in our loss history. Adjustments will also be made to historical loss rates to cover risks associated with trends in delinquencies, non-accruals, current economic conditions and credit administration/ underwriting practices and policies.

We apply pool analysis for commercial and commercial real estate loans where a historical loss ratio is applied to all commercial loans, commercial real estate loans and leases grouped by product type for which exposure is measured as required by generally accepted accounting principles and can best be evaluated collectively due to similar attributes. A historical loss rate is calculated for each group over the twelve prior quarters to determine the three year average loss rate. As circumstances dictate, we will make adjustments to the loss history to reflect significant changes in our loss history. Adjustments will also be made to historical loss rates to cover risks associated with trends in delinquencies, non-accruals, current economic conditions and credit administration/ underwriting practices and policies and borrower concentrations.

For acquired loans, we must estimate expected cash flows at each reporting date. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows will generally result in a provision for loan losses. Subsequent increases in cash flows result in a reversal of the provision for loan losses to the extent of prior charges and adjusted accretable yield which will have a positive impact on interest income.

 

47


Table of Contents

Asset/Liability Management

Our asset liability management (ALM) process consists of quantifying, analyzing and controlling interest rate risk (IRR) to maintain stability in net interest income (NII) under varying interest rate environments. The principal objective of ALM is to maximize net interest income while operating within acceptable limits established for interest rate risk and maintaining adequate levels of liquidity. Our net earnings are dependent on our net interest income. Net interest income is susceptible to IRR to the degree that interest-bearing liabilities mature or re-price on a different basis and timing than interest-earning assets. This timing difference represents a potential risk to our future earnings. When interest-bearing liabilities mature or re-price more quickly than interest-earning assets in a given period, a significant increase in market rates of interest and the subsequent impact on customer behavior could adversely affect NII. Similarly, when interest-earning assets mature or re-price more quickly than interest-bearing liabilities, falling interest rates and changes in customer behavior could result in a decrease in NII.

Management and the Asset/Liability Committee (ALCO) direct our IRR management through a Risk Management policy that is designed to produce a stable net interest margin (NIM) in periods of interest rate fluctuation. In adjusting our asset/liability position, the board of directors and management attempt to direct our IRR while enhancing the NIM. At times, depending on the general level of interest rates, the relationship between long-term and short-term interest rates, market conditions and competitive factors, we may determine strategies that could add to the level of IRR in order to increase its NIM. Notwithstanding our IRR management activities, the potential for changing interest rates is an uncertainty that can have an adverse effect on net earnings.

To control interest rate risk, we regularly monitor the volume of interest sensitive assets compared with interest sensitive liabilities over specific time intervals. Interest-sensitive assets and liabilities are those that are subject to maturity or re-pricing within a given time period. We also administer this sensitivity through the development and implementation of investment, lending, funding and pricing strategies designed to achieve NII performance goals while minimizing the potential negative variations in NII under different interest rate scenarios. Investment strategies, including portfolio durations and cash flows, are formulated and continually adjusted during the implementation to assure attainment of objectives in the most effective manner. Loan and deposit pricing are adjusted weekly to reflect current interest rate and competitive market environments, with duration targets on both reviewed monthly.

The Static Gap Report shown in Table 19 measures the net amounts of assets and liabilities that re-price within a given time period over the remaining lives of those instruments. At December 31, 2010, our cumulative re-pricing gap in the one year interval was -5.0%. The liability sensitive position represents a deposit funding mix of significant balances in short term contractual CDs and interest bearing public fund transaction deposits. The earning asset position is strategically managed with a balance in our loan growth (fixed versus floating and duration targets) and securities portfolio cash flows. We believe we are adequately positioned for the current rate environment.

To further control IRR, we structure our loan portfolio to provide appropriate investment opportunities while minimizing potential volatility in earnings from extension risk. Deposit strategies continue to emphasize a mix of non-certificate of deposit core accounts and consumer time deposits. However, the 2010 yield curve environment has created more demand on consumer time deposits with maturities one year or less.

The following table sets forth the scheduled re-pricing or maturity of our assets and liabilities at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. The assumed prepayment of investments and loans was based on our assessment of current market conditions on such dates. Estimates have been made for the re-pricing of savings, NOW and money market accounts. Actual prepayments and deposit withdrawals will differ from the following analysis due to variable economic circumstances and consumer behavior. Although assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or re-pricing periods, reactions will vary as to timing and degree of interest rate change.

 

48


Table of Contents

TABLE 19. Analysis of Interest Sensitivity

 

 

    December 31, 2010  
    Overnight     Within
6 months
    6 months
to 1 year
    1 to 3
years
    > 3
years
    Non-Sensitive
Balance
    Total  
    (In thousands)  

Assets

             

Securities

  $ 1,134      $ 157,163      $ 238,978      $ 417,828      $ 666,948      $ 6,834      $ 1,488,885   

Federal funds sold & short-term investments

    351,602        236,795        50,767        —          —          —          639,164   

Loans

    —          1,791,881        539,085        1,392,903        1,173,164        —          4,897,033   

Other assets

    —          —          —          —          —          1,113,245        1,113,245   
                                                       

Total Assets

  $ 352,736      $ 2,185,839      $ 828,830      $ 1,810,731      $ 1,840,112      $ 1,120,079      $ 8,138,327   
                                                       

Liabilities

             

Interest bearing transaction deposits

  $ —        $ 1,358,631      $ 350,532      $ 1,147,729      $ 240,807      $ —        $ 3,097,699   

Time deposits

    —          791,432        835,240        707,024        217,078        —          2,550,774   

Non-interest bearing deposits

    —          —          —          56,362        1,070,884        —          1,127,246   

Borrowings

    189,676        88,304        —          97,244        13,129        —          388,353   

Other liabilities

    —          —          —          —          —          117,707        117,707   

Stockholders’ equity

    —          —          —          —          —          856,548        856,548   
                                                       

Total Liabilities & Equity

  $ 189,676      $ 2,238,367      $ 1,185,772      $ 2,008,359      $ 1,541,898      $ 974,255      $ 8,138,327   
                                                       

Interest sensitivity gap

  $ 163,060      $ (52,528   $ (356,942   $ (197,628   $ 298,214      $ 145,824     

Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap

  $ 163,060      $ 110,532      $ (246,410   $ (444,038   $ (145,824     —       

Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap as a percentage of total earning assets

    2.2     1.5     (3.3 )%      (5.9 )%      (1.9 )%     

TABLE 19. Analysis of Interest Sensitivity (continued)

 

 

    December 31, 2009  
    Overnight     Within
6 months
    6 months
to 1 year
    1 to 3
years
    > 3
years
    Non-Sensitive
Balance
    Total  
    (In thousands)  

Assets

             

Securities

  $ 1,399      $ 214,695      $ 153,678      $ 483,171      $ 757,545      $ 839      $ 1,611,327   

Federal funds sold & short-term investments

    582,491        214,771        —          —          —          —          797,262   

Loans

    —          2,419,296        344,186        1,315,098        1,005,657        —          5,084,237   

Other assets

    —          —          —          —          —          1,204,257        1,204,257   
                                                       

Total Assets

  $ 583,890      $ 2,848,762      $ 497,864      $ 1,798,269      $ 1,763,202      $ 1,205,096      $ 8,697,083   
                                                       

Liabilities

             

Interest bearing transaction deposits

  $ —        $ 1,431,228      $ 322,818      $ 1,070,566      $ 225,116      $ —        $ 3,049,728   

Time deposits

    —          1,180,993        1,199,998        524,828        166,923        —          3,072,742   

Non-interest bearing deposits

    —          —          —          53,667        1,019,674        —          1,073,341   

Borrowings

    290,551        23,573        25,039        106,805        81,264        —          527,232   

Other liabilities

    —          —          —          —          —          136,377        136,377   

Stockholders’ equity

    —          —          —          —          —          837,663        837,663   
                                                       

Total Liabilities & Equity

  $ 290,551      $ 2,635,794      $ 1,547,855      $ 1,755,866      $ 1,492,977      $ 974,040      $ 8,697,083   
                                                       

Interest sensitivity gap

  $ 293,339      $ 212,968      $ (1,049,991   $ 42,403      $ 270,225      $ 231,056     

Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap

  $ 293,339      $ 506,307      $ (543,684   $ (501,281   $ (231,056     —       

Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap as a percentage of total earning assets

    3.9     6.7     (7.2 )%      (6.6 )%      (3.1 )%     

Net Interest Income at Risk

NII at risk measures the risk of a decline in earnings due to changes in interest rates. Table 20 presents an analysis of our IRR as measured by the estimated changes in NII resulting from an instantaneous and sustained parallel shift in the yield curve at December 31, 2010. Shifts are measured in 100 basis point increments (+ 300 through - 100 basis points) from base case. Base case encompasses key assumptions for asset/liability mix, loan and deposit growth, pricing, prepayment speeds, deposit decay rates, securities portfolio cash flows and reinvestment strategy, and the market value of certain assets under the various interest rate scenarios. The base case scenario assumes that the current interest rate environment is held constant throughout the forecast period; the instantaneous shocks are performed against that yield curve.

 

49


Table of Contents

TABLE 20. Net Interest Income (te) at Risk

 

 

Change in Interest Rates

   Estimated Increase
(Decrease) in NII
December 31, 2010
 

(basis points)

  

-100

     -5.4

Stable

     0.0

+ 100

     6.0

+ 200

     6.2

+ 300

     6.0

Most Likely

     4.7

Additionally, we have forecasted a Most Likely NII scenario based on its conservative projection of yield curve changes for the coming 12 month period. This scenario utilizes all base case assumptions, applying those assumptions against a yield curve forecast that incorporates the current interest rate environment and projects certain strategic pricing changes over the forecast period. Table 20 indicates that our level of NII modestly increases under rising rates. The most likely scenario for interest rates projects a modest 4.7% increase in net interest income to base case. Our 12 month forward most likely interest rate forecast is very much in line with Bloomberg consensus economic forecast which is a sloping yield curve and the spread between the 10 year yield to 2 year yield narrows slightly to 2.65% by the fourth quarter of 2011. Actual results will be significantly impacted by management’s ability to execute the CD re-pricing strategy of 18 month and greater term placement within the next 6 months of CD balance re-pricing.

These scenarios are instantaneous shocks that assume balance sheet management will mirror base case. Should the yield curve begin to rise or fall, management has several strategies available to maximize earnings opportunities or offset the negative impact to earnings. For example, in a rising rate environment, deposit pricing strategies could be adjusted to offer more competitive rates on long and medium-term CDs and less competitive rates on short-term CDs. Another opportunity at the start of such a cycle would be reinvesting the securities portfolio cash flows into short-term or floating-rate securities. On the loan side the company can make more floating-rate loans that tie to indices that re-price more frequently, such as LIBOR (London interbank offered rate) and make fewer fixed-rate loans. Finally, there are a number of hedge strategies by which management could use derivatives, including swaps and purchased ceilings, to lock in net interest margin protection; to date, we have not entered into any hedge transactions for the purpose of earnings protection.

Even if interest rates change in the designated amounts, there can be no assurance that our assets and liabilities would perform as anticipated. Additionally, a change in the U.S. Treasury rates in the designated amounts accompanied by a change in the shape of the U.S. Treasury yield curve would cause significantly different changes to NII than indicated above. Strategic management of our balance sheet and earnings is fluid and would be adjusted to accommodate these movements. As with any method of measuring IRR, certain shortcomings are inherent in the methods of analysis presented above. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to re-pricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates. Certain assets such as adjustable-rate loans have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Also, the ability of many borrowers to service their debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase. We consider all of these factors in monitoring its exposure to interest rate risk.

 

50


Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY

Liquidity Management

Liquidity management encompasses our ability to ensure that funds are available to meet the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers, while also ensuring that we have adequate cash flow to meet our various needs, including operating, strategic and capital. Without proper liquidity management, we would not be able to perform the primary function of a financial intermediary and would not be able to meet the needs of the communities in which we have a presence and serve. In addition, the parent holding company’s principal source of liquidity is dividends from its subsidiary banks. Liquidity is required at the parent holding company level for the purpose of paying dividends to stockholders, servicing of any debt we may have, business combinations as well as general corporate expenses.

The asset portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through loan principal repayments, maturities of investment securities and occasional sales of various assets. Short-term investments such as federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell and maturing interest-bearing deposits with other banks are additional sources of liquidity funding. As shown in Table 21 below, our liquidity ratios as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 for free securities stood at 15.3% or $269.9 million and 20.5% or $365.5 million, respectively.

TABLE 21. Liquidity Ratios

 

 

     2010     2009  
     (In thousands)  

Free securities

     15.30     20.50

Free securities-net wholesale funds/core deposits

     2.65     5.00
                

Wholesale funding diversification

    

Certificate of deposits > $100,000*

     15.55     9.15

Brokered certificate of deposits

     0.00     0.00

Public fund certificate of deposits

   $ 114,084      $ 100,251   
                

Net wholesale funding maturity concentrations

    

Overnight

     0.00     0.00

Up to 3 months

     4.33     -1.12

Up to 6 months

     1.72     1.94

Over 6 months

     6.25     7.21
                

Net wholesale funds

   $ 1,001,318      $ 698,456   

Core deposits

   $ 5,510,460      $ 5,886,782   
                

 

*

CDs > $100K includes public funds in 2010

The liability portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity through various customers’ interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing deposit accounts. Purchases of federal funds, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings are additional sources of liquidity and represent our incremental borrowing capacity. These sources of liquidity are short-term in nature and are used as necessary to fund asset growth and meet short-term liquidity needs. Our short-term borrowing capacity includes an approved line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of $774.8 million and borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve’s Discount Window in excess of $136.8 million. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, our core deposits were $5.5 billion and $5.9 billion, respectively, and Net Wholesale Funding stood at $1.0 billion and $698.5 million, respectively.

The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows provide an analysis of cash from operating, investing, and financing activities for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. Cash flows from operations are a significant part of liquidity management, contributing significant levels of funds in 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

51


Table of Contents

Cash flows from operations increased to $195.0 million in 2010 from $18.1 million in 2009 and from $94.4 million in 2008. Cash provided by operating activities increased primarily as a result of an increase in the provision for loan losses and a decrease in other assets. Cash flows provided by investing activities were $334.4 million in 2010 compared to cash flows of $253.7 million in 2009 and to cash flows used in investing activities of $1.11 billion in 2008. Cash provided by investing activities increased as a result of an increase in interest-bearing time deposits. Cash flows used in financing activities were $594.2 million in 2010, primarily from the decrease in deposits and fed funds sold, compared to cash flows of $266.9 million in 2009 and cash flows provided by financing activities of $1.03 billion in 2008.

Contractual Obligations

We have contractual obligations to make future payments on certain debt and lease agreements. Table 22 summarizes all significant contractual obligations at December 31, 2010, according to payments due by period.

TABLE 22. Contractual Obligations

 

 

$5,099,630 $5,099,630 $5,099,630 $5,099,630 $5,099,630
     Payment due by period  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3
years
     3-5
years
     More than
5 years
 
     (In thousands)  

Certificates of deposit

   $ 2,550,774       $ 1,626,672       $ 707,024       $ 217,078       $ —     

Short-term debt obligations

     484,707         484,707         —           —           —     

Long-term debt obligations

     223         13         33         46         131   

Capital lease obligations

     234         41         80         78         35   

Operating lease obligations

     37,777         4,389         7,144         5,952         20,292   
                                            

Total

   $ 3,073,715       $ 2,115,822       $ 714,281       $ 223,154       $ 20,458   
                                            

CAPITAL RESOURCES

A strong capital position, which is vital to continued profitability, also promotes depositor and investor confidence and provides a solid foundation for future growth. Composite ratings by the respective regulatory authorities of the Company and the Banks establish minimum capital levels. Currently, we are required to maintain minimum Tier 1 leverage ratios of at least 3%, subject to an increase up to 5%, depending on the composite rating. At December 31, 2010, our capital balances were in excess of current regulatory minimum requirements. As indicated in Table 23 below, our regulatory capital ratios far exceed the minimum required ratios, and we have been categorized as “well capitalized” in the most recent notice received from their regulators.

We remain very well capitalized. As of December 31, 2010, our Leverage (tier one) Ratio stands at 9.65%, while the Tangible Equity Ratio is 9.69% (see below in Table 23). While we remain very well capitalized, so that we maintain flexibility for future capital needs, including acquisitions, we may consider raising additional capital at some point in the future.

TABLE 23. Risk-Based Capital and Capital Ratios

 

 

$5,099,630 $5,099,630 $5,099,630 $5,099,630 $5,099,630
     2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Tier 1 regulatory capital

   $ 782,301      $ 756,108      $ 550,216      $ 498,731      $ 510,639   

Tier 2 regulatory capital

     64,240        66,397        61,874        47,447        46,583   
                                        

Total regulatory capital

   $ 846,541      $ 822,505      $ 612,090      $ 546,178      $ 557,222   
                                        

Risk-weighted assets

   $ 5,099,630      $ 6,305,707      $ 5,162,676      $ 4,523,479      $ 4,097,400   
                                        

Ratios

          

Leverage (Tier 1 capital to average assets)

     9.65     10.60     8.06     8.51     8.63

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

     15.34     11.99     10.66     11.03     12.46

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

     16.60     13.04     11.86     12.07     13.60

Common stockholders' equity to total assets

     10.52     9.63     8.50     9.15     9.36

Tangible common equity to total assets

     9.69     8.81     7.62     8.08     8.24

 

52


Table of Contents

We made no stock purchases in 2010 or 2009. During 2008, we purchased a total of 6,458 shares of common stock at an aggregate price of $260,000, or $40.26 per share. These shares were purchased under the 2007 Stock Repurchase Plan, authorizing the repurchase of 3,000,000 shares, or approximately 10% of our outstanding common stock. Subject to market conditions, repurchases will be conducted solely through a Rule 10b-1 repurchase plan. Shares repurchased under this plan will be held in treasury and used for general corporate purposes as determined by our board of directors.

FOURTH QUARTER RESULTS

Net income for the fourth quarter of 2010 was $17.0 million, a decrease of $14.8 million, or 46.5%, from the fourth quarter of 2009. Diluted earnings per share for 2010’s fourth quarter were $0.46, a decrease of $0.43 from the same quarter a year ago. The lower net income and diluted earnings per share in the fourth quarter of 2010 were primarily caused by the $33.6 million gain on the acquisition of Peoples First in the fourth quarter of 2009.

For the quarter ended December 31, 2010, our average total loans were $5.0 billion, which represented an increase of $576.3 million, or 13.2%, from the same quarter a year ago primarily due to the Peoples First acquisition. The increases were in commercial/real estate (up $309.3 million), mortgage loans (up $231.8 million), credit card loans (up $9.6 million) and direct consumer loans (up $105.8 million) slightly offset by decreases in indirect consumer loans (down $70.8 million) and finance company loans (down $9.5 million.) Period end loans were $5.0 billion at December 31, 2010, a decrease of $171.3 million, or 3.3%, from December 31, 2009 due to a decrease in loan demand as a result of the sluggish economy.

Average deposits were $6.7 billion, up $1.1 billion, or 19.7%, from the fourth quarter of 2009, primarily due to the acquisition of Peoples First. Period-end deposits for the fourth quarter were $6.8 billion, down $420.1 million, or 5.8%, from December 31, 2009. The $420.1 million decline was primarily related to expected run-off in Peoples First time deposits. Prior to the acquisition, Peoples First deposit pricing was very aggressive in order to attract deposits and their deposit rates were considerably higher than comparable banks.

We continue to remain well capitalized with average stockholders’ equity of $875.3 million at December 31, 2010, up $83.2 million, or 10.5%, over December 31, 2009. Period end stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2010 was $856.5 million, up $18.9 million, or 2.3%, over December 31, 2009. Period end common equity as a percent of period end assets increased to 10.52% at December 31, 2010 compared to 9.63% at December 31, 2009.

We saw some improvement in asset quality as economic conditions improved slightly at the end of the year. Net charge-offs for 2010’s fourth quarter were $9.8 million, or 0.78% of average loans compared to $13.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2009, or 1.24% of average loans. Accruing loans 90 days past due decreased to $1.5 million at December 31, 2010 from $11.6 million at December 31, 2009. Non-performing assets as a percent of total loans and foreclosed assets was 3.17% at December 31, 2010 compared to 1.97% at December 31, 2009. The increases in foreclosed assets and non-accrual loans compared to prior year were mainly due to the difficult economic conditions, weakness in residential development, and higher unemployment levels across all of our markets. We recorded a provision for loan losses for the fourth quarter of $11.4 million, a decrease of $4.4 million, or 28.1%, from $15.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2009. In the fourth quarter of 2010, we reversed $1.0 million of the $5.2 million specific reserve accrued in the second quarter of 2010 for the Gulf oil spill. We are continuing to monitor the impact the Gulf oil spill is having on our affected markets. The $1.0 million reversal was offset by an increase of $0.7 million related to credit cards in our acquired loan portfolio.

Net interest income (te) for the fourth quarter increased $8.1 million, or 12.7%, while the net interest margin (te) of 4.06% was 10 basis points wider than the same quarter a year ago. Growth in average earning assets was strong, compared to the same quarter a year ago with an increase of $636.7 million, or 9.9%, mostly reflected in higher average loans, up $576.3 million, or 13.2%, and short-term investments, up $108.0 million, or 21.7%, offset by a decrease in securities of $47.6 million, or 3.1%. Our loan yield decreased 20 basis points over the prior year’s fourth quarter, while the yield on securities decreased 82 basis points, pushing the yield on average earning assets down 35 basis points. However, total funding costs over the same quarter a year ago were down 45 basis points.

 

53


Table of Contents

Noninterest income for the fourth quarter was down $28.3 million, or 44.7%, compared with the same quarter a year ago. The decrease from the fourth quarter of 2009 was largely due to a $31.5 million, or 86.5%, decrease in other income that was primarily related to the $33.6 million gain on the December 2009 acquisition of Peoples First and by a decrease in service charges on deposit accounts of $1.6 million, or 13.8%. The overall decrease from the same quarter a year ago was partly offset by increases in secondary mortgage operations, up $1.7 million, or 120.8%; ATM fees, up $0.8 million, or 40.0%; trust fees, up $0.4 million, or 9.8%; investment and annuity fees, up $0.7 million, or 40.4%; insurance fees, up $0.4 million, or 13.3%, and debit and merchant fees, up $0.8 million, or 28%.

Operating expenses for the fourth quarter were up $7.6 million, or 11.9%, compared to the same quarter a year ago. The increase from the same quarter a year ago was reflected in a 9.6% increase, or $3.1 million, in higher personnel expense; a 13.8% increase, or $3.2 million, in other operating expense; a 16.6% increase, or $0.9 million, in occupancy expense; and increased equipment expense of $0.4 million, or 15.9%. The increases were primarily due to the acquisition of Peoples First.

Table 24 summarizes our unaudited quarterly financial results for 2010 and 2009.

TABLE 24. Summary of Quarterly Results

 

 

     2010  
     First     Second     Third     Fourth  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Interest income (te)

   $ 95,396      $ 92,788      $ 88,284      $ 87,917   

Interest expense

     (25,800     (21,868     (18,576     (16,100
                                

Net interest income (te)

     69,596        70,920        69,708        71,817   

Taxable equivalent adjustment

     (3,017     (3,047     (2,886     (2,878
                                

Net interest income

     66,579        67,873        66,822        68,939   

Provision for loan losses

     (13,826     (24,517     (16,258     (11,390

Noninterest income

     31,381        35,293        35,208        35,067   

Noninterest expense

     (67,823     (72,122     (68,060     (71,257

Income before income taxes

     16,311        6,527        17,712        21,359   

Income tax expense

     (2,478     (27     (2,859     (4,339
                                

Net income

   $ 13,833      $ 6,500      $ 14,853      $ 17,020   
                                

Average balance sheet data

        

Total assets

   $ 8,654,396      $ 8,511,555      $ 8,364,660      $ 8,180,211   

Earning assets

     7,474,544        7,343,904        7,194,100        7,044,192   

Loans

     5,008,539        5,008,838        4,975,934        4,951,533   

Deposits

     7,122,156        6,993,017        6,836,626        6,723,464   

Stockholders' equity

     853,119        861,135        872,936        875,327   

Ratios

        

Return on average assets

     0.65     0.31     0.70     0.83

Return on average common equity

     6.58     3.03     6.75     7.71

Net interest margin (te)

     3.75     3.87     3.85     4.06

Earnings per share

        

Basic

   $ 0.37      $ 0.17      $ 0.40      $ 0.46   

Diluted

   $ 0.37      $ 0.17      $ 0.40      $ 0.46   

Cash dividends per common share

   $ 0.24      $ 0.24      $ 0.24      $ 0.24   

Market data:

        

High sales price

   $ 45.86      $ 43.90      $ 35.40      $ 37.26   

Low sales price

     38.23        33.27        26.82        28.88   

Period-end closing price

     41.81        33.36        30.07        34.86   

Trading volume

     9,612        12,443        14,318        13,701   

 

54


Table of Contents

TABLE 24. Summary of Quarterly Results (continued)

 

 

     2009  
     First     Second     Third     Fourth  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Interest income (te)

   $ 84,392      $ 83,054      $ 82,757      $ 85,585   

Interest expense

     (28,002     (23,413     (22,004     (21,881
                                

Net interest income (te)

     56,390        59,641        60,753        63,704   

Taxable equivalent adjustment

     (2,944     (2,949     (2,999     (3,169
                                

Net interest income

     53,446        56,692        57,754        60,535   

Provision for loan losses

     (8,342     (16,919     (13,495     (15,834

Noninterest income

     29,055        34,504        30,408        63,360   

Noninterest expense

     (55,838     (58,226     (55,749     (63,657

Income before income taxes

     18,321        16,051        18,918        44,404   

Income tax expense

     (4,290     (2,305     (3,700     (12,624
                                

Net income

   $ 14,031      $ 13,746      $ 15,218      $ 31,780   
                                

Average balance sheet data

        

Total assets

   $ 7,183,886      $ 7,025,612      $ 6,977,267      $ 7,213,323   

Earning assets

     6,472,408        6,323,988        6,264,883        6,407,504   

Loans

     4,285,376        4,277,351        4,301,651        4,375,208   

Deposits

     5,909,887        5,707,121        5,560,812        5,617,295   

Stockholders’ equity

     624,239        636,086        643,573        792,093   

Ratios

        

Return on average assets

     0.79     0.78     0.87     1.75

Return on average common equity

     9.12     8.67     9.38     15.92

Net interest margin (te)

     3.50     3.78     3.86     3.97

Earnings per share

        

Basic

   $ 0.44      $ 0.43      $ 0.48      $ 0.89   

Diluted

   $ 0.44      $ 0.43      $ 0.47      $ 0.89   

Cash dividends per common share

   $ 0.24      $ 0.24      $ 0.24      $ 0.24   

Market data:

        

High closing price

   $ 45.56      $ 41.19      $ 42.38      $ 44.89   

Low closing price

     22.51        30.12        29.90        35.26   

Period-end closing price

     31.28        32.49        37.57        43.81   

Trading volume

     18,026        17,040        11,676        19,538   

Net interest income (te) is the primary component of earnings and represents the difference, or spread, between revenue generated from interest-earning assets and the interest expense related to funding those assets.

 

55


Table of Contents

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The accounting principles we follow and the methods for applying these principles conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and with general practices followed by the banking industry which requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events. These estimates and assumptions are based on our best estimates and judgments. We evaluate estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current economic environment. We adjust such estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. Illiquid credit markets, volatile equity markets, rising unemployment levels and declines in consumer spending have combined to increase the uncertainty inherent in such estimates and assumptions. Certain critical accounting policies affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

Allowance for Loan Losses

Our most critical accounting policy relates to our allowance for loan losses, which reflects the estimated losses resulting from the inability of our borrowers to make loan payments. If the financial condition of its borrowers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, the estimates of the allowance would be updated, and additional provisions for loan losses may be required.

The allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL) is a valuation account available to absorb losses on loans. The ALLL is established and maintained at an amount sufficient to cover the estimated credit loss associated with the loan and lease portfolios of the Banks as of the date of the determination. Credit losses arise not only from credit risk, but also from other risks inherent in the lending process including, but not limited to, collateral risk, operational risk, concentration risk, and economic risk. As such, all related risks of lending are considered when assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses. Quarterly, management estimates the probable level of losses to determine whether the allowance is adequate to absorb reasonably foreseeable, anticipated losses in the existing portfolio based on our past loan loss and delinquency experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrowers’ ability to repay, and the estimated value of any underlying collateral and current economic conditions. The analysis and methodology include three primary segments. These segments include a pool analysis of various retail loans based upon loss history, a pool analysis of commercial and commercial real estate loans based upon loss history by loan type, and a specific reserve analysis for those loans considered impaired under generally accepted accounting principles. All commercial and commercial real estate loans with an outstanding balance of $100,000 or greater are individually reviewed for impairment; substandard mortgage loans with balances of $100,000 or greater are also included in the analysis. All losses are charged to the allowance for loan and lease losses when the loss actually occurs or when a determination is made that a loss is likely to occur; recoveries are credited to the allowance for loan losses at the time of receipt. Beginning in 2011, we changed the scope of the analysis to include all commercial, commercial real estate and substandard mortgage loans with balances of $250,000 or greater.

Purchased impaired loans are recorded at fair value at the acquisition date and the accretable yield is recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the loan. In addition, net charge-offs exclude write-downs on purchased impaired loans as the fair value already considers the estimated credit losses.

Retirement Employee Benefit Plans

Retirement and employee benefit plan assets, liabilities and pension costs are determined utilizing actuarially determined present value calculations. The valuation of the benefit obligation and net periodic expense is considered critical, as it requires management and its actuaries to make estimates regarding the amount and timing of expected cash outflows including assumptions about mortality, expected service periods, rate of compensation increases and the long-term return on plan assets. Note 10 – Retirement and Employee Benefit Plans, included in the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, provides further discussion on the accounting for Hancock’s retirement and employee benefit plans and the estimates used in determining the actuarial present value of the benefit obligations and the net periodic benefit expense.

 

56


Table of Contents

Fair Value Accounting Estimates

Generally accepted accounting principles require the use of fair values in determining the carrying values of certain assets and liabilities, as well as for specific disclosures. The most significant include securities, loans held for sale, mortgage servicing rights and net assets acquired in business combinations. Certain of these assets do not have a readily available market to determine fair value and require an estimate based on specific parameters. When market prices are unavailable, we determine fair values utilizing parameters, which are constantly changing, including interest rates, duration, prepayment speeds and other specific conditions. In most cases, these specific parameters require a significant amount of judgment by management.

We adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (FASB) authoritative guidance regarding fair value measurements on January 1, 2008. The guidance establishes a framework for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), clarifies the definition of fair value within that framework, and expands disclosures about the use of fair value measurements. The guidance defines a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to these valuation techniques used to measure fair value giving preference to quoted prices in active markets (level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs such as a reporting entity’s own data (level 3). Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, observable inputs other than quoted prices, such as interest rates and yield curves, and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. Available for sale securities classified as Level 1 within the valuation hierarchy include U.S. Treasury securities, obligations of U.S. Government-sponsored agencies, and other debt and equity securities. Level 2 classified available for sale securities include mortgage-backed debt securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, and state and municipal bonds.

In October 2008, the FASB issued guidance for determining the fair value of a financial asset in a market that is not active, which clarified previous guidance. Application issues clarified include: how management’s internal assumptions should be considered when measuring fair value when relevant observable data do not exist; how observable market information in a market that is not active should be considered when measuring fair value; and how the use of market quotes should be considered when assessing the relevance of observable and unobservable data available to measure fair value. The guidance was effective immediately and did not have a material impact on the our financial condition or results of operations. We adopted authoritative guidance regarding the fair value option for financial assets and financial liabilities, on January 1, 2008. We did not elect to fair value any additional items under the guidance.

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Determination of the deferred and current provision requires analysis by management of certain transactions and the related tax laws and regulations. Management exercises significant judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting tax liabilities and assets. Those judgments and estimates are re-evaluated on a continual basis as regulatory and business factors change.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

See Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information required for this item is included in the section entitled “Asset/Liability Management” in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that appears in Item 7 of this Form 10-K and is incorporated here by reference.

 

57


Table of Contents
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule

 

     Page  

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

     59   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     60   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     61   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009

     62   

Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the years in the three-year period ended December  31, 2010

     63   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010

     64   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December  31, 2010

     65   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     67   

 

58


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

The management of Hancock Holding Company has prepared the consolidated financial statements and other information in our Annual Report in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and is responsible for its accuracy. The financial statements necessarily include amounts that are based on management’s best estimates and judgments.

In meeting its responsibility, management relies on internal accounting and related control systems. The internal control systems are designed to ensure that transactions are properly authorized and recorded in the Company’s financial records and to safeguard the Company’s assets from material loss or misuse. Such assurance cannot be absolute because of inherent limitations in any internal control system.

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in the Exchange Act Rules 13(a) – 15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Company’s principal executive officers and principal financial officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management also conducted an assessment of requirements pertaining to Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA). This section relates to management’s evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, including controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements and compliance with laws and regulations. Our evaluation included a review of the documentation of controls, evaluations of the design of the internal control system and tests of the effectiveness of internal controls.

The Company’s internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their accompany report which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010.

Based on the Company’s evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, management concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2010.

 

Carl J. Chaney

  

John M. Hairston

  

Michael M. Achary

President &

  

Chief Executive Officer &

  

Chief Financial Officer

Chief Executive Officer

  

Chief Operating Officer

  

February 28, 2011

February 28, 2011

  

February 28, 2011

  

 

59


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Hancock Holding Company:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hancock Holding Company (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audits of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2008 and for the year then ended were audited by other auditors whose report, dated February 27, 2009, expressed an unqualified opinion on those statements.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Management’s assessment and our audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting also included controls over the preparation of financial statements in accordance with the instructions to the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C) to comply with the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA). A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

February 28, 2011

 

60


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders Hancock Holding Company:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Hancock Holding Company and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2008. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hancock Holding Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Birmingham, Alabama

February 27, 2009

 

61


Table of Contents

Hancock Holding Company and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2009  
     (In thousands, except share data)  

Assets:

    

Cash and due from banks (non-interest bearing)

   $ 139,687      $ 204,714   

Interest-bearing time deposits with other banks

     364,066        582,081   

Federal funds sold

     124        410   

Other short-term investments

     274,974        214,771   

Securities available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $1,445,721 and $1,566,403)

     1,488,885        1,611,327   

Loans held for sale

     21,866        36,112   

Loans

     4,968,149        5,127,454   

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     (81,997     (66,050

Unearned income

     (10,985     (13,279
                

Loans, net

     4,875,167        5,048,125   

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $125,383 and $113,967

     209,919        203,133   

Other real estate, net

     32,520        13,786   

Accrued interest receivable

     30,157        35,468   

Goodwill

     61,631        62,277   

Other intangible assets, net

     13,496        16,546   

Life insurance contracts

     159,377        151,355   

FDIC loss share receivable

     329,136        325,606   

Deferred tax asset, net

     6,541        —     

Other assets

     130,781        191,372   
                

Total assets

   $ 8,138,327      $ 8,697,083   
                

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:

    

Deposits:

    

Non-interest bearing demand

   $ 1,127,246      $ 1,073,341   

Interest-bearing savings, NOW, money market and time

     5,648,473        6,122,471   
                

Total deposits

     6,775,719        7,195,812   

Federal funds purchased

     —          250   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     364,676        484,457   

FHLB borrowings

     10,172        30,805   

Long-term notes

     376        671   

Deferred tax liability, net

     —          7,116   

Other liabilities

     130,836        140,309   
                

Total liabilities

     7,281,779        7,859,420   

Stockholders’ Equity

    

Common stock-$3.33 par value per share; 350,000,000 shares authorized, 36,893,276 and 36,840,453 issued and outstanding, respectively

     122,855        122,679   

Capital surplus

     263,484        257,643   

Retained earnings

     470,828        454,343   

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) gain, net

     (619     2,998   
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     856,548        837,663   
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 8,138,327      $ 8,697,083   
                

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

62


Table of Contents

Hancock Holding Company and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Interest income:

      

Loans, including fees

   $ 284,922      $ 244,124      $ 246,573   

Securities-taxable

     60,653        70,573        80,048   

Securities-tax exempt

     5,232        4,555        4,978   

Federal funds sold

     28        14        1,858   

Other investments

     1,723        4,461        1,980   
                        

Total interest income

     352,558        323,727        335,437   
                        

Interest expense:

      

Deposits

     72,903        84,313        111,052   

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     9,306        10,809        14,843   

Long-term notes and other interest expense

     206        198        184   

Capitalized interest

     (70     (20     (77
                        

Total interest expense

     82,345        95,300        126,002   
                        

Net interest income

     270,213        228,427        209,435   

Provision for loan losses

     65,991        54,590        36,785   
                        

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     204,222        173,837        172,650   
                        

Noninterest income:

      

Service charges on deposit accounts

     45,335        45,354        44,243   

Trust fees

     16,715        15,127        16,858   

Insurance commissions and fees

     14,461        14,355        16,554   

Investment and annuity fees

     10,181        8,220        10,807   

Debit card and merchant fees

     14,941        11,252        11,082   

ATM fees

     9,486        7,374        6,856   

Secondary mortgage market operations

     8,915        5,906        2,977   

Securities gains (losses), net

     —          69        4,825   

Bargain purchase gain on acquisition

     —          33,623        —     

Other income

     16,915        16,047        13,576   
                        

Total noninterest income

     136,949        157,327        127,778   
                        

Noninterest expense:

      

Salaries and employee benefits

     142,042        121,449        109,773   

Net occupancy expense

     23,803        20,340        19,538   

Equipment rentals, depreciation and maintenance

     10,569        9,849        10,992   

Amortization of intangibles

     2,728        1,417        1,432   

Other expense

     100,118        80,415        71,708   
                        

Total noninterest expense

     279,260        233,470        213,443   
                        

Income before income taxes

     61,911        97,694        86,985   

Income taxes

     9,705        22,919        21,619   
                        

Net income

   $ 52,206      $ 74,775      $ 65,366   
                        

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 1.41      $ 2.28      $ 2.07   
                        

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 1.40      $ 2.26      $ 2.04   
                        

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

63


Table of Contents

Hancock Holding Company and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

     Common Stock     Capital
Surplus
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
( Loss)/Gain, net
    Unearned
Compensation
     Total  
     Shares     Amount             
     (In thousands, except share and per share data)  

Balance, January 1, 2008

     31,294,607      $ 104,211      $ 87,122      $ 377,481      $ (14,627   $ —         $ 554,187   

Comprehensive income:

               

Net income per consolidated statements of income

     —          —          —          65,366        —          —           65,366   

Net change in unfunded accumulated benefit obligation, net of tax

     —          —          —          —          (12,095     —           (12,095

Net change in fair value of securities available for sale, net of tax

     —          —          —          —          17,639        —           17,639   
                     

Comprehensive income

                  70,910   

ASC 715, change in measurement date

     —          —          —          (815     —          —           (815

Cash dividends declared ($0.96 per common share)

     —          —          —          (30,453     —          —           (30,453

Common stock issued, long-term incentive plan, including excess income tax benefit of $4,512

     481,530        1,604        11,520        —          —          —           13,124   

Compensation expense, long-term incentive plan

     —          —          2,806        —          —          —           2,806   

Purchase of common stock

     (6,458     (22     (238     —          —          —           (260
                                                         

Balance, December 31, 2008

     31,769,679        105,793        101,210        411,579        (9,083     —           609,499   

Comprehensive income

               

Net income per consolidated statements of income

     —          —          —          74,775        —          —           74,775   

Net change in unfunded accumulated benefit obligation, net of tax

     —          —          —          —          1,473        —           1,473   

Net change in fair value of securities available for sale, net of tax

     —          —          —          —          10,608        —           10,608   
                     

Comprehensive income

                  86,856   

Cash dividends declared ($0.96 per common share)

     —          —          —          (32,011     —          —           (32,011

Common stock issued

     4,945,000        16,467        150,905               167,372   

Common stock issued, long-term incentive plan, including excess income tax benefit of $480

     125,774        419        2,274        —          —          —           2,693   

Compensation expense, long-term incentive plan

     —          —          3,254        —          —          —           3,254   
                                                         

Balance, December 31, 2009

     36,840,453        122,679        257,643        454,343        2,998        —           837,663   

Comprehensive income

               

Net income per consolidated statements of income

     —          —          —          52,206        —          —           52,206   

Net change in unfunded accumulated benefit obligation, net of tax

     —          —          —          —          (2,463     —           (2,463

Net change in fair value of securities available for sale, net of tax

     —          —          —          —          (1,154     —           (1,154
                     

Comprehensive income

                  48,589   

Cash dividends declared ($0.96 per common share)

     —          —          —          (35,721       —           (35,721

Common stock issued

     —          —          —                 —     

Common stock issued, long-term incentive plan, including excess income tax benefit of $322

     52,823        176        1,764        —          —          —           1,940   

Compensation expense, long-term incentive plan

     —          —          4,077        —          —          —           4,077   
                                                         

Balance, December 31, 2010

     36,893,276      $ 122,855      $ 263,484      $ 470,828      $ (619   $ —         $ 856,548   
                                                         

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

64


Table of Contents

Hancock Holding Company and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  
     (In thousands)  

Operating Activities:

      

Net income

   $ 52,206      $ 74,775      $ 65,366   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     13,526        15,549        15,761   

Provision for (reversal of) loan losses, net

     65,991        54,590        36,785   

(Gains) losses on other real estate owned

     (1,960     768        230   

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

     (11,612     (6,953     (5,012

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance contracts

     (8,022     (6,396     (5,538

Gain on acquisition

     —          (20,732     —     

(Gain) loss on sales/paydowns of securities available for sale, net

     —          (69     (1,950

(Gain) loss on disposal of other assets

     (316     (1,478     (602

Gain on sale of loans held for sale

     (1,428     (579     (427

(Gain) loss on trading securities

     —          —          (2,875

Accretion of acquired FHLB Borrowings

     (633     —          —     

Amortization (accretion) of securities premium/discount, net

     7,071        917        2,012   

Amortization of intangible assets

     2,884        1,592        1,642   

Stock-based compensation expense

     4,077        3,254        2,806   

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

     (11,589     19,978        (7,118

Increase (decrease) in interest payable

     (816     (3,276     (2,785

(Increase) decrease in FDIC loss share

     (3,530     —          —     

(Increase) decrease in other assets

     65,963        (100,474     3,683   

Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale

     1,032,323        366,885        192,838   

Originations of loans held for sale

     (1,008,863     (380,128     (195,569

Excess tax benefit from share based payments

     (322     (480     (4,512

Other, net

     (152     399        (367
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     194,798        18,142        94,368   
                        

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

65


Table of Contents

Hancock Holding Company and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (continued)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  
     (In thousands)  

Investing Activities:

      

Net (decrease) increase in interest-bearing time deposits

   $ 218,015      $ (558,271   $ (2,795

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

     —          10,202        213,814   

Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale

     603,102        599,066        938,939   

Purchases of securities available for sale

     (489,835     (509,304     (1,140,901

Proceeds from maturities of short-term investments

     1,270,000        1,639,998        —     

Purchase of short-term investments

     (1,329,859     (1,498,681     (362,895

Net (increase) decrease in federal funds sold

     286        176,002        (57,445

Net (increase) decrease in loans

     40,400        17,906        (684,528

Purchases of property and equipment

     (21,899     (12,305     (23,618

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

     2,220        2,700        2,150   

Net cash received from acquisition

     —          378,367        —     

Proceeds from sales of other real estate

     41,945        8,015        6,184   
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     334,375        253,695        (1,111,095
                        

Financing Activities:

      

Net (decrease) increase in deposits

     (420,093     (298,062     921,403   

Net (decrease) increase in federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     (120,031     (21,225     130,228   

(Proceeds) repayments of long-term notes

     (295     (166     (155

Proceeds from issuance of short-term notes

     —          1,609,399        —     

Repayments of short-term notes

     (20,000     (1,694,898     —     

Dividends paid

     (35,721     (32,011     (30,453

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     1,618        2,213        8,612   

Repurchase/retirement of common stock

     —          —          (260

Proceeds from stock offering

     —          167,372        —     

Excess tax benefit from stock option exercises

     322        480        4,512   
                        

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (594,200     (266,898     1,033,887   
                        

(Decrease) increase in cash and due from banks

     (65,027     4,939        17,160   

Cash and due from banks at beginning of year

     204,714        199,775        182,615   
                        

Cash and due from banks at end of year

   $ 139,687      $ 204,714      $ 199,775   
                        

Supplemental Information

      

Income taxes paid

   $ 22,878      $ 5,810      $ 19,413   

Interest paid, including capitalized interest of $70, $20, and $77, respectively

     83,161        96,797        128,787   

Restricted stock issued to employees of Hancock

     8,656        2,688        3,045   

Supplemental Information for Non-Cash

      

Investing and Financing Activities

      

Transfers from loans to other real estate

   $ 59,758      $ 20,023      $ 10,671   

Financed sales of foreclosed property

     475        2,649        1,234   

Transfers from trading securities to available for sale securities

     —          —          190,802   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

66


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Description of Business

Hancock Holding Company “the Company” or “Hancock” is a financial holding company headquartered in Gulfport, Mississippi operating in the states of Mississippi, Louisiana, Alabama and Florida. Hancock Holding Company, the Parent Company operates through three wholly-owned bank subsidiaries, Hancock Bank, Gulfport, Mississippi, Hancock Bank of Louisiana, Baton Rouge, Louisiana, and Hancock Bank of Alabama, Mobile, Alabama (“the Banks.”) The Banks are community oriented and focus primarily on offering commercial, consumer and mortgage loans and deposit services to individuals and small to middle market businesses in their respective market areas. The Company’s operating strategy is to provide its customers with the financial sophistication and breadth of products of a regional bank, while successfully retaining the local appeal and level of service of a community bank. Hancock Bank subsidiaries include Hancock Investment Services, Hancock Insurance Agency, and Harrison Finance Company.

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all other entities in which the Company has a controlling interest. Significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The accounting principles we follow and the methods for applying these principles conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and with general practices followed by the banking industry which requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to the allowance for loan losses, intangible assets and goodwill, income taxes, pension and postretirement benefit plans and contingent liabilities. These estimates and assumptions are based on our best estimates and judgments. The Company evaluates estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current economic environment. The Company adjusts such estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. Illiquid credit markets, volatile equity markets, rising unemployment levels and declines in consumer spending have combined to increase the uncertainty inherent in such estimates and assumptions. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities not readily apparent from other sources. Allowance for loan losses, deferred income taxes, and goodwill are potentially subject to material changes in the near term. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior periods to conform to the current year presentation. These reclassifications had no material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Fair Value Accounting

Generally accepted accounting principles require the use of fair values in determining the carrying values of certain assets and liabilities, as well as for specific disclosures. The most significant include securities, loans held for sale, mortgage servicing rights and net assets acquired in business combinations. Certain of these assets do not have a readily available market to determine fair value and require an estimate based on specific parameters. When market prices are unavailable, we determine fair values utilizing parameters, which are constantly changing, including interest rates, duration, prepayment speeds and other specific conditions. In most cases, these specific parameters require a significant amount of judgment by management.

 

67


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued)

 

The Company adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (FASB) authoritative guidance regarding fair value measurements on January 1, 2008. The guidance establishes a framework for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), clarifies the definition of fair value within that framework, and expands disclosures about the use of fair value measurements. The guidance defines a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to these valuation techniques used to measure fair value giving preference to quoted prices in active markets (level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs such as a reporting entity’s own data (level 3). Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, observable inputs other than quoted prices, such as interest rates and yield curves, and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. Available for sale securities classified as Level 1 within the valuation hierarchy include U.S. Treasury securities, obligations of U.S. Government-sponsored agencies, and other debt and equity securities. Level 2 classified available for sale securities include mortgage-backed debt securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, and state and municipal bonds. Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and are significant to the overall fair value measurement are classified as level 3 under the fair value hierarchy. The Company currently has no level 3 assets or liabilities.

In October 2008, the FASB issued guidance for determining the fair value of a financial asset in a market that is not active, which clarified previous guidance. Application issues clarified include: how management’s internal assumptions should be considered when measuring fair value when relevant observable data do not exist; how observable market information in a market that is not active should be considered when measuring fair value; and how the use of market quotes should be considered when assessing the relevance of observable and unobservable data available to measure fair value. The guidance was effective immediately and did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. The Company adopted authoritative guidance regarding the fair value option for financial assets and financial liabilities, on January 1, 2008. The Company did not elect to fair value any additional items under the guidance.

Acquisition Accounting

Acquisitions are accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Purchased assets and assumed liabilities are recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values, and identifiable intangible assets are recorded at fair value. If the fair value of assets purchased exceeded the fair value of liabilities assumed, it results in a “bargain purchase gain.” If the consideration given exceeds the fair value of the net assets received, goodwill is recognized. Fair values are subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of an acquisition as information relative to closing date fair values becomes available.

Purchased loans acquired in a business combination are recorded at estimated fair value on their purchase date and prohibit the carryover of the related allowance for loan losses. When the loans have evidence of credit deterioration since origination and it is probable at the date of acquisition that the Company will not collect all contractually required principal and interest payments, the difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the non-accretable difference. The Company must estimate expected cash flows at each reporting date. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows will generally result in a provision for loan losses. Subsequent increases in cash flows result in a reversal of the provision for loan losses to the extent of prior charges and adjusted accretable yield which will have a positive impact on interest income.

 

68


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued)

 

All identifiable intangible assets that are acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value on the acquisition date. Identifiable intangible assets are recognized separately if they arise from contractual or other legal rights or if they are separable (i.e., capable of being sold, transferred, licensed, rented, or exchanged separately from the entity). Deposit liabilities and the related depositor relationship intangible assets may be exchanged in observable exchange transactions. As a result, the depositor relationship intangible asset is considered identifiable, because the separability criterion has been met since the depositor relationship intangible asset can be sold in conjunction with the deposit liability.

Indemnification assets are recognized when the seller contractually indemnifies, in whole or in part, the buyer for a particular uncertainty. The recognition and measurement of an indemnification asset is based on the related indemnified item. That is, the acquirer should recognize an indemnification asset at the same time that it recognizes the indemnified item, measured on the same basis as the indemnified item, subject to collectibility or contractual limitations on the indemnified amount. Therefore, if the indemnification relates to an asset or a liability that is recognized at the acquisition date and measured at its acquisition-date fair value, the acquirer should recognize the indemnification asset at its acquisition-date fair value on the acquisition date. If an indemnification asset is measured at fair value, a separate valuation allowance is not necessary, because its fair value measurement will reflect any uncertainties in future cash flows. The loans purchased in the Peoples First Community Bank FDIC-assisted acquisition are covered by a loss share agreement between the FDIC and the Company, which affords the Company significant loss protection.

Securities

Securities have been classified into one of two categories: available for sale or trading. Management determines the appropriate classification of debt securities at the time of purchase and re-evaluates this classification periodically.

Available for sale securities are stated at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of income taxes, reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity until realized. The amortized cost of debt securities classified as available for sale is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity or, in the case of mortgage-backed securities, over the estimated life of the security using the constant-yield method. The prepayment speed chosen to determine the estimated life of a mortgage-backed security is the security’s historical 3-month prepayment speed. Amortization, accretion and accrued interest are included in interest income on securities.

Realized gains and losses, and declines in value judged to be other than temporary, are included in net securities gains and losses. Gains and losses on the sales of securities available for sale are determined using the specific-identification method. Using this basis results in the most accurate reporting of gains and losses realized on these sales, as well as the appropriate adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income. A decline in the fair value of securities below cost that is deemed to be other than temporary results in a charge to earnings for the credit portion with difference going to other comprehensive income.

Short-term Investments

Short-term investments represent U.S. government agency discount notes that all mature in less than 1 year. The investments are classified as available for sale and are carried at fair value. Unrealized holding gains are excluded from net income and are recognized, net of tax, in other comprehensive income and in accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity, until realized.

 

69


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued)

 

Loans

Loans are reported at the principal balance outstanding. Non-refundable loan origination fees and certain direct origination costs are recognized as an adjustment to the yield on the related loan. Interest on loans is recorded to income as earned.

The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. When accrual of interest is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed and payments subsequently received are applied first to principal. Interest income is recorded after principal has been satisfied and as payments are received. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest contractually due are brought current and future amounts are reasonably assured.

Generally, loans of all types which become 90 days delinquent are reviewed relative to collectability. Unless such loans are in the process of terms revision to bring to a current status, collection through repossession or foreclosure, those loans deemed uncollectible are charged off against the allowance account.

Loans held for sale are stated at lower of cost or market on the consolidated balance sheets. These loans are originated on a best-efforts basis, whereby a commitment by a third party to purchase the loan has been received concurrent with the Banks’ commitment to the borrower to originate the loan.

Purchased loans acquired in a business combination are recorded at estimated fair value on their purchase date. See Acquisition Accounting section above for accounting policy regarding loans acquired in a business combination.

A restructuring of debt constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (TDR) if the Company, for economic or legal reasons related to the Borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the Borrower that it would not otherwise consider. That concession either stems from an agreement between the Company and the Borrower or is imposed by law or a court. In general, troubled debt restructurings include a modification of the terms of a loan that provides for a reduction of either interest or principal. It is the Company’s policy to avoid TDRs and to take the necessary steps in advance to prevent their occurrence.

All loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR, including both commercial and retail loans, are considered “impaired” under ASC 310. Impairment is defined as the significant probability that the Company will not collect principal or interest that is due according to the contractual terms of the loans. Under ASC 310, when measuring impairment on a TDR, the Company calculates the present value of the expected cash flows using the effective interest rate of the original loan, i.e., before the restructuring, as the discount rate or at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the measurement is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the difference is charged-off through the Loan Loss Reserve. An insignificant loan amount, insignificant delay or insignificant shortfall in amount of payments does not constitute impairment. A loan is not impaired during a period of delay in payment if the Company expects to collect all amounts due including interest accrued at the contractual interest rate for the period of delay.

 

70


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued)

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan and lease losses “ALLL” is a valuation account available to absorb losses on loans. The ALLL is established and maintained at an amount sufficient to cover the estimated inherent credit loss associated with the loan and lease portfolios of the Company as of the date of the determination. Credit losses arise not only from credit risk, but also from other risks inherent in the lending process including, but not limited to, collateral risk, operational risk, concentration risk, and economic risk. As such, all related risks of lending are considered when assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses. Quarterly, management estimates the probable level of losses to determine whether the allowance is adequate to absorb reasonably anticipated losses in the existing portfolio based on the Company’s past loan loss and delinquency experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrowers’ ability to repay, and the estimated value of any underlying collateral and current economic conditions. The analysis and methodology include three primary elements. These elements include a pool analysis of various retail loans based upon loss history, a pool analysis of commercial and commercial real estate loans based upon loss history by loan type, and a specific reserve analysis for those loans considered impaired under FASB’s authoritative guidance for accounting by creditors for impairment of a loan. All commercial and commercial real estate loans with an outstanding balance of $100,000 or greater are individually reviewed for impairment; substandard mortgage loans with balances of $100,000 or greater are also included in the analysis. All losses are charged to the allowance for loan and lease losses when the loss actually occurs or when a determination is made that a loss is likely to occur; recoveries are credited to the allowance for loan losses at the time of receipt. Beginning in 2011, the Company changed the scope of the analysis to include all commercial, commercial real estate and substandard mortgage loans with balances of $250,000 or greater.

The Company considers a loan to be impaired when, based upon current information and events, it believes it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The Company’s impaired loans include troubled debt restructurings, and performing and non-performing major loans for which full payment of principal or interest is not expected. Categories of non-major homogeneous loans, which are evaluated on an overall basis, generally include all loans under $500,000. The Company determines an allowance required for impaired loans based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of its collateral. If the recorded investment in the impaired loan exceeds the measure of fair value, a valuation allowance is required as a component of the allowance for loan losses.

Purchased loans acquired in a business combination are recorded at estimated fair value on their purchase date and prohibit the carryover of the related allowance for loan losses. When the loans have evidence of credit deterioration since origination and it is probable at the date of acquisition that the Company will not collect all contractually required principal and interest payments, the difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the non-accretable difference. The Company must estimate expected cash flows at each reporting date. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows will generally result in a provision for loan losses. Subsequent increases in cash flows result in a reversal of the provision for loan losses to the extent of prior charges and adjusted accretable yield which will have a positive impact on interest income. In addition, purchased loans without evidence of credit deterioration are also handled under this method.

 

71


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued)

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is charged to expense over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which are up to 39 years for buildings and three to seven years for furniture and equipment. Amortization expense for software is charged over 3 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the terms of the respective leases or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. In cases where the Company has the right to renew the lease for additional periods, the lease term for the purpose of calculating amortization of the capitalized cost of the leasehold improvements is extended when the Company is “reasonably assured” that it will renew the lease. Depreciation and amortization expenses are computed using a straight-line basis for assets acquired after January 1, 2006 and the double declining balance basis for assets acquired prior to January 1, 2006. Gains and losses related to retirement or disposition of fixed assets are recorded in other income under non-interest income on the consolidated statements of income. The Company continually evaluates whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate that such long-lived assets have been impaired. Measurement of any impairment of such long-lived assets is based on those assets’ fair values. There were no impairment losses on property and equipment recorded during 2010, 2009, or 2008.

Other Real Estate

Other real estate owned includes assets that have been acquired in satisfaction of debt through foreclosure. Other real estate owned is reported in other assets and is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less the estimated cost of disposition. Valuation adjustments required at foreclosure are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent to foreclosure, losses on the periodic revaluation of the property are charged to net income as other expense. Costs of operating and maintaining the properties are included in other noninterest expenses, while gains (losses) on their disposition are charged to other income as incurred. Improvements made to properties are capitalized if the expenditures are expected to be recovered upon the sale of the properties.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill, which represents the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets of an acquired business, is not amortized but tested for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment. Management reviews goodwill for impairment based on the Company’s primary reporting segments. The last test was conducted as of September 30, 2010. There was no impairment and there have been no trigger events that would cause an impairment since September 30, 2010.

The Company analyzes goodwill using market capitalization to book value comparison and validated this method using multiples such as net revenue, net interest income and net loans. The Company considered using a present value technique to estimate fair value. The cash flow estimates would incorporate assumptions that market participants would use in their estimates of fair value. The assumptions would need to be reasonable and based on supportable data considering all available evidence with weight commensurate with the extent to which the evidence can be verified objectively. The Company considers this alternative method to have subjective assumptions and considers market capitalization to be more objective as the Company’s reporting segments are in the same business, operate with the same policies and procedures, and are under the same executive management team.

 

72


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued)

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The authoritative guidance for accounting for servicing of financial assets requires all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities to be initially measured at fair value, if practicable, and permits an entity to subsequently measure those servicing assets and servicing liabilities at fair value. Under the guidance, the Company decided to continue to use the amortization method instead of adopting the fair value method. Management has determined that it has one class of servicing rights which is based on the type of loan. The risk characteristics of the underlying financial assets used to stratify servicing assets for purposes of measuring impairment are interest rate, type of product (fixed versus variable), duration, and asset quality. The book value of mortgage servicing rights was $0.3 million at December 31, 2010 and at December 31, 2009. The market value of mortgage servicing rights at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 was $1.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

Bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) is long-term life insurance on the lives of certain current and past employees where the insurance policy benefits and ownership are retained by the employer. Its cash surrender value is an asset that the Company uses to partially offset the future cost of employee benefits. The cash value accumulation on BOLI is permanently tax deferred if the policy is held to the insured person’s death and certain other conditions are met.

Reinsurance Receivables

Certain premiums and losses are assumed from and ceded to other insurance companies under various reinsurance agreements. Reinsurance premiums, loss reimbursement, and reserves related to reinsurance business are accounted for on a basis consistent with that used in accounting for the original policies issued and the terms of the reinsurance contract. The Company may receive a ceding commission in connection with ceded reinsurance. If so, the ceding commission is earned on a monthly pro rata basis in the same manner as the premium and is recorded as a reduction of other operating expenses.

Derivative Instruments

The Company has certain Interest Rate Lock Commitments “IRLC’s” that are reported on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value with changes in fair value reported in statements of income. The Company also has interest rate swaps which are recognized on the consolidated balance sheets as other assets at fair value as required by authoritative guidance. These interest rate swaps do not qualify for hedge accounting under the guidelines of FASB’s guidance for accounting for derivative instruments and hedging. Gains and losses related to the change in fair value are recognized in earnings during the period of change in fair value as other non-interest income.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for deferred income taxes using the liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are based on temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be realized or settled.

 

73


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued)

 

Pension Accounting

The Company has accounted for its defined benefit pension plan using the actuarial model required by authoritative guidance for employers’ accounting for pensions. The compensation cost of an employee’s pension benefit is recognized on the projected unit credit method over the employee’s approximate service period. The aggregate cost method is utilized for funding purposes. The Company also sponsors two defined benefit postretirement plans, which provide medical benefits and life insurance benefits. The Company has accounted for these plans using the actuarial computations required by guidance regarding employers accounting for postretirement benefits other than pensions. The cost of the defined benefit postretirement plan has been recognized on the projected unit credit method over the employee’s approximate service period. Effective December 31, 2006, the Company adopted authoritative guidance for employers’ accounting for defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans which required the recognition of the over funded or under funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability on the balance sheet. In 2008, the Company changed the measurement date of the funded status of the plan from September 30 to December 31.

Policy Reserves and Liabilities

Unearned premium reserves are based on the assumption that the portion of the original premium applicable to the remaining term and amount of insurance will be adequate to pay future benefits. The reserve is calculated by multiplying the original gross premium times an unearned premium factor. Factors are developed which represent the proportion of the remaining coverage compared to the total coverage provided over the entire term of insurance.

Policy reserves for future life and health claims not yet incurred are based on assumed mortality and interest rates. For disability, the reserves are based upon unearned premium, which is the portion of the original premium applicable to the remaining term and amount of insurance that will be adequate to pay future benefits. Present value of amounts not yet due is an amount for disability claims already reported and incurred and represents the present value of all the future benefits using actuarial disability tables. IBNR “Incurred But Not Reported” is an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported, and is based upon historical analysis of claims payments.

Stock-Based Compensation

In recognizing stock-based compensation, the Company follows the provisions of authoritative guidance regarding share-based payments. This guidance establishes fair value as the measurement objective in accounting for stock awards and requires the application of a fair value based measurement method in accounting for compensation cost, which is recognized over the requisite service period.

Revenue Recognition

The largest source of revenue for the Company is interest revenue. Interest revenue is recognized on an accrual basis driven by written contracts, such as loan agreements or securities contracts. Credit-related fees, including letter of credit fees, are recognized in non-interest income when earned. The Company recognizes commission revenue and brokerage, exchange and clearance fees on a trade-date basis. Other types of non-interest revenue such as service charges on deposits and trust revenues, are accrued and recognized into income as services are provided and the amount of fees earned are reasonably determinable.

 

74


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued)

 

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing income applicable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the applicable period. Shares outstanding are adjusted for restricted shares issued to employees under the long-term incentive compensation plan and for certain shares that will be issued under the directors’ compensation plan. Diluted earnings per common share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding increased by the number of shares in which employees would vest under performance-based restricted stock and stock unit awards based on expected performance factors and by the number of additional shares that would have been issued if potentially dilutive stock options were exercised, each as determined using the treasury stock method.

The Company adopted the FASB’s authoritative guidance regarding the determination of whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities. This guidance provides that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and should be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. This guidance was effective January 1, 2009, and upon adoption the company was required to retrospectively adjust its earnings per share data including any amounts related to interim periods, summaries of earnings and selected financial data.

Statements of Cash Flows

The Company considers only cash on hand, cash items in process of collection and balances due from financial institutions as cash and cash equivalents for purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Operating Segment Disclosures

As defined by authoritative guidance, segment disclosures require reporting information about a company’s operating segments using a “management approach.” Reportable segments are identified as those revenue-producing components for which separate financial information is produced internally and which are subject to evaluation by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources to segments. The Company defines reportable segments as the banks.

Other

Assets held by the banks in a fiduciary capacity are not assets of the banks and are not included in the consolidated balance sheets.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued guidance on supplementary pro forma information for business combinations. This amendment applies to any public entity as defined by the guidance that enters into business combinations that are material on an individual or aggregate basis. The amendments specify that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination(s) that occurred during the year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. The amendments also expand the supplemental pro forma disclosures to include a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro forma revenue and earnings. The amendments are effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period on or after December 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. This guidance is related to supplemental disclosures, and the new disclosure requirements will have no impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

75


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued)

 

In December 2010, the FASB issued guidance on when to perform step 2 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity is required to perform step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that an impairment may exist. For public entities the amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2010. Early adoption is not permitted. This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

In October, 2010, the FASB issued guidance on accounting for costs associated with acquiring or renewing insurance contracts. The objective is to address diversity in practice regarding the interpretation of which costs relating to the acquisition of new or renewal insurance contracts qualify for deferral. The accounting update specifies which costs incurred in the acquisition of new and renewal contracts should be capitalized. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. While the guidance is required to be applied prospectively upon adoption, retrospective application is also permitted (to all prior periods presented). Early adoption is also permitted, but only at the beginning of an entity’s annual reporting period. This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

In July, 2010, the FASB issued guidance on disclosures about the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for credit losses. The new guidance enhances disclosures to provide information for both the finance receivables and the related allowance for credit losses at disaggregated levels presented by portfolio segment which is the level an entity determines its allowance for credit losses and class which is defined as a group of receivables determined based on measurement basis, risk characteristics and the entity’s method for monitoring and assessing credit risk. A rollforward schedule by portfolio segment of the allowance for credit losses and the related ending balance of finance receivables with significant purchases and sales of finance receivables will be required. The following disclosures are required to be presented by class: credit quality of the financing receivables portfolio at the end of the reporting period; the aging of past due financing receivables at the end of the period; the nature and the extent of troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the period and their impact of the allowance for credit losses; the nature and extent of troubled debt restructurings that occurred within the last year that have defaulted in the current reporting period and their impact on the allowance for credit losses; the nonacrrual status of financing receivables; and impaired financing receivables. The new disclosures of information as of the end of the reporting period will become effective for both interim and annual reporting periods ending after December 15, 2010. Specific items regarding activity that occurred before the issuance of the guidance, such as the allowance rollforward and modification disclosures will be required for periods beginning after December 15, 2010. The new disclosure requirements had no impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

In May 2010, the FASB issued guidance on receivables regarding the effect of a loan modification when the loan is part of a pool that is accounted for as a single asset. Modifications of loans that are accounted for within a pool do not result in the removal of those loans from the pool even if the modification of those loans would otherwise be considered a troubled debt restructuring. An entity will continue to be required to consider whether the pool of assets in which the loan is included is impaired if expected cash flows for the pool change. This guidance is effective prospectively for modifications of loans accounted for within pools occurring in the first interim or annual period ending on or after July 15, 2010. This guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

In February 2010, the FASB issued guidance removing the requirement for an SEC filer to disclose the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated in both issued and revised financial statements. This amendment was effective immediately and had no impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

76


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued)

 

In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures that requires some new disclosures and clarifies some existing disclosure requirements about fair value measurement. The FASB’s objective is to improve these disclosures and, thus, increase the transparency in financial reporting. Specifically, the guidance now requires a reporting entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of level 1 and level 2 fair value measurements and describe the reasons for the transfers and in the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs, a reporting entity should present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements. In addition, the guidance clarifies the requirements of reporting fair value measurement for each class of assets and liabilities and clarifies that a reporting entity needs to use judgment in determining the appropriate classes of assets and liabilities based on the nature and risks of the investments.

A reporting entity should provide disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements. The guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll forward of activity in level 3 fair value measurements which is required for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim reporting periods within those years. The adoption of the guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

Note 2. Acquisition of Peoples First Community Bank

On December 18, 2009, the Company entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), as receiver for Peoples First Community Bank (Peoples First) based in Panama City, Florida. Earlier that day, the Office of Thrift Supervision issued an order requiring the closure of Peoples First Community Bank and appointing the FDIC as receiver. According to terms of the agreement, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Peoples First and all deposits and borrowings. All deposits were assumed with no losses to any depositor. There was no consideration paid for the acquisition. Peoples First operated 29 branches in Florida with assets totaling approximately $1.7 billion and approximately 437 employees.

The loans purchased are covered by a loss share agreement between the FDIC and the Company, which affords the Company significant loss protection. Under the loss share agreement, the FDIC will cover 80% of covered loan losses up to $385 million and 95% of losses in excess of that amount. The term for loss sharing on residential real estate loans is ten years. The term for loss sharing on non-residential real estate loans is five years for other loans. The reimbursable losses from the FDIC are based on the book value of the relevant loan as determined by the FDIC at the date of the transaction.

New loans made after that date are not covered by the shared-loss agreements. The loss sharing agreements are subject to our compliance with servicing procedures specified in the agreements with the FDIC. The Company recorded an estimated receivable from the FDIC at the acquisition date of $325.6 million which represents the fair value of the FDIC’s portion of the losses that are expected to be incurred and reimbursed to the Company. The receivable at December 31, 2010 is $329.1 million.

The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles regarding acquisitions. The statement of net assets acquired as of December 18, 2009 and the resulting gain are presented in the following table. The purchased assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values. A net acquisition bargain purchase gain of $20.7 million ($33.6 million pretax) resulted from the acquisition and is included as a component of noninterest income on the statement of income. The amount of the gain is equal to the amount by which the fair value of assets purchased exceeded the fair value of liabilities assumed.

 

77


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 2. Acquisition of Peoples First Community Bank (continued)

 

The following table provides the assets purchased and the liabilities assumed and the adjustments to fair value:

ACQUISITION GAIN CALCULATION

 

     As Recorded by Peoples
First Community Bank
     Fair Value
Adjustments
    As Recorded by
Hancock
 
    

(In thousands)

 

Assets

       

Cash

   $ 98,068       $ 302,208   (a)    $ 400,276   

Securities

     16,149         —          16,149   

Loans

     1,461,541         (511,111 ) (b)      950,430   

Land, building, and FF&E

     8         —          8   

Core deposit intangible

     —           11,610   (c)      11,610   

FIDC loss share receivable

     —           325,606   (d)      325,606   

Other assets

     13,000         (1,813 ) (e)      11,187   
                         

Total assets acquired

   $ 1,588,766       $ 126,500      $ 1,715,266   
                         

Liabilities

       

Deposits

   $ 1,552,454       $ 10,483   (f)    $ 1,562,937   

FHLB advances

     115,500       $ 804   (g)    $ 116,304   

Other liabilities

     2,402       $ 12,891   (h)    $ 15,293   
                         

Total liabilitites acquired

   $ 1,670,356       $ 24,178      $ 1,694,534   
                         

Net assets acquired “bargain purchase” gain

        $ 20,732   
             

Explanation of Fair Value Adjustments

 

(a)

Adjustment is for cash received from the FDIC for first losses.

(b)

This estimated adjustment is necessary as of the acquisition date to write down People’s First book value of loans to the estimated fair value as a result of future loan losses.

(c)

This fair value adjustment represents the value of the core deposit base assumed in the acquisition based on a study performed by an independent valuation firm. This amount was recorded by the Company as an identifiable asset and will be amortized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the average life of the core deposit base, which is estimated to be 10 years.

(d)

This adjustment is the estimated fair value of the amount that the Company will receive from the FDIC under its loss sharing agreement as a result of future loan losses.

(e)

These are adjustments made to acquired assets to reflect fair value primarily for a write-down of an investment in a subsidiary and accrued interest receivable for loans that should have been placed on non-accrual prior to the acquisition.

(f)

This fair value adjustment was recorded because the weighted average interest rate of People’s First time deposits exceeded the cost of similar wholesale funding at the time of the acquisition. This amount will be amortized to reduce interest expense on a declining basis over the average life of the portifolio of approximately 7 months.

(g)

The fair value adjustment was recorded because the interest rates of People’s fixed rate borrowings exceeded the current interest rates on similar borrowings. This amount will be amortized to interest expense over terms of the borrowings.

(h)

This adjustment is for the tax effect of the bargain purchase gain.

 

78


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 2. Acquisition of Peoples First Community Bank (continued)

 

Merger related charges of $3.7 million in December 31, 2009 and $3.2 million in December 31, 2010 were recorded in the consolidated statement of income and include incremental costs to integrate the operations of the Company and Peoples First. These charges represent costs associated with severance and employee related charges, systems integrations, and other merger-related charges. Due primarily to the significant amount of fair value adjustments and the FDIC loss sharing agreements now in place, historical results of Peoples First are not believed to be relevant to the Company’s results, and thus no pro forma information is presented.

Note 3. Securities

The amortized cost and fair value of securities classified as available for sale follow (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2010      December 31, 2009  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 

U.S. Treasury

   $ 10,797       $ 52       $ 5         10,844       $ 11,869       $ 63       $ 2       $ 11,930   

U.S. government agencies

     106,054         971         434         106,591         131,858         1,328         1,361         131,825   

Municipal obligations

     181,747         4,107         5,411         180,443         188,656         5,634         2,622         191,668   

Mortgage-backed securities

     761,704         38,032         50         799,686         1,076,708         36,075         2,236         1,110,547   

CMOs

     367,662         6,880         2,491         372,051         140,663         6,506         —           147,169   

Other debt securities

     14,329         999         43         15,285         15,578         842         94         16,326   

Other equity securities

     3,428         660         103         3,985         1,071         860         69         1,862   
                                                                       
   $ 1,445,721       $ 51,701       $ 8,537       $ 1,488,885       $ 1,566,403       $ 51,308       $ 6,384       $ 1,611,327   
                                                                       

 

79


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 3. Securities (continued)

 

The amortized cost and fair value of securities classified as available for sale at December 31, 2010, by contractual maturity, (expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because of rights to call or repay obligations with or without penalties (in thousands):

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 99,650       $ 99,403   

Due after one year through five years

     219,995         221,419   

Due after five years through ten years

     219,623         224,468   

Due after ten years

     903,025         939,610   

Equity securities

     3,428         3,985   
                 

Total available for sale securities

   $ 1,445,721       $ 1,488,885   
                 

The Company held no securities classified as held to maturity or trading at December 31, 2010 or 2009.

The details concerning securities classified as available for sale with unrealized losses as of December 31, 2010 follow (in thousands):

 

     Losses < 12 months      Losses 12 months or >      Total  
     Fair
Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 

U.S. Treasury

   $ 9,980       $ 5       $ —         $ —         $ 9,980       $ 5   

U.S. government agencies

     —           —           74,566         434         74,566         434   

Municipal obligations

     —           —           77,583         5,411         77,583         5,411   

Mortgage-backed securities

     —           —           1,462         50         1,462         50   

CMOs

     —           —           122,312         2,491         122,312         2,491   

Other debt securities

     —           —           838         43         838         43   

Equity securities

     —           —           2,563         103         2,563         103   
                                                     
   $ 9,980       $ 5       $ 279,324       $ 8,532       $ 289,304       $ 8,537   
                                                     

The details concerning securities classified as available for sale with unrealized losses as of December 31, 2009 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Losses < 12 months      Losses 12 months or >      Total  
     Fair
Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 

U.S. government agencies

   $ 9,967       $ 2       $ —         $ —         $ 9,967       $ 2   

Municipal obligations

     —           —           73,639         1,361         73,639         1,361   

Mortgage-backed securities

     —           —           62,400         2,622         62,400         2,622   

CMOs

     —           —           270,099         2,236         270,099         2,236   

Other debt securities

     —           —           1,211         94         1,211         94   

Equity securities

     —           —           177         69         177         69   
                                                     
   $ 9,967       $ 2       $ 407,526       $ 6,382       $ 417,493       $ 6,384   
                                                     

 

80


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 3. Securities (continued)

 

The unrealized losses relate to fixed-rate debt securities that have incurred fair value reductions due to higher market interest rates since the respective purchase date. The unrealized losses are not likely to reverse unless and until market interest rates decline to the levels that existed when the securities were purchased. Since none of the unrealized losses relate to the marketability of the securities or the issuer’s ability to honor redemption obligations, none of the securities are deemed to be other than temporarily impaired.

As of December 31, 2010, the securities portfolio totaled $1.4 billion. Of the total portfolio, $289.3 million of securities were in an unrealized loss position of $8.5 million. Management and the Asset/Liability Committee continually monitor the securities portfolio and management is able to effectively measure and monitor the unrealized loss position on these securities. The Company has adequate liquidity and therefore does not plan to sell and is more likely than not, not to be required to sell these securities before recovery. Accordingly, the unrealized loss of these securities has been determined to be temporary.

The Company’s securities portfolio is an important source of liquidity and earnings for the Company. A stated objective in managing the securities portfolio is to provide consistent liquidity to support balance sheet growth but also to provide a safe and consistent stream of earnings. To that end, management is open to opportunities that present themselves which enables the Company to improve the structure and earnings potential of the securities portfolio.

Available for Sale Securities

Proceeds from sales and pay downs of available for sale securities were approximately $0.3 million in 2010, $11.7 million in 2009 and $213.8 million in 2008. Gross gains were $0.2 million in 2010, $0.4 million in 2009 and $6.0 million in 2008. There were no gross losses in 2010. There were gross losses of $0.3 million in 2009 and $4.1 million in 2008 realized on such sales and pay downs.

Securities with a carrying value of approximately $1.3 billion at December 31, 2010 and $1.20 billion at December 31, 2009, were pledged primarily to secure public deposits and securities sold under agreements to repurchase. The Company has approximately $4.6 million of securities pledged with various state regulatory authorities to secure reinsurance receivables as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Short-term Investments

The Company held $275.0 million at December 31, 2010 and $214.8 million at December 31, 2009 in U.S. government agency discount notes as securities available for sale at amortized cost. The short-term investments all mature in less than 1 year. As the amortized cost is a reasonable estimate for fair value of these short-term investments, there were no gross unrealized losses to evaluate for impairment in the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.

 

81


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 4. Loans

Loans, net of unearned income, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2009  

Commercial loans

   $ 3,147,765       $ 3,160,912   

Residential mortgage loans

     659,689         739,899   

Indirect consumer loans

     309,454         373,353   

Direct consumer loans

     739,262         728,000   

Finance Company loans

     100,994         112,011   
                 
   $ 4,957,164       $ 5,114,175   
                 

The Company generally makes loans in its market areas of South Mississippi, South Alabama, South and Central Louisiana and Central and North Florida. Loans are made in the normal course of business to its directors, executive officers and their associates on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons. Such loans did not involve more than normal risk of collectibility. Balances of loans to the Company’s directors, executive officers and their affiliates at December 31, 2010 and 2009 were approximately $40.5 million and $26.3 million, respectively. New loans, repayments and changes of directors and executive officers and their affiliates on these loans for 2010 were $11.3 million, $4.9 million and $7.8 million, respectively. New loans, repayments and changes of directors and executive officers and their affiliates on these loans for 2009 were $5.0 million, $8.9 million and ($1.4) million, respectively.

The following schedule illustrates the composition of the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment and the related recorded investment in loans as of December 31, 2010 and in summary as of December 31, 2009 and 2008:

 

     Commercial      Residential
mortgages
     Indirect
consumer
     Direct
consumer
     Finance
Company
     Total      Total      Total  
     2010      2009      2008  

(In thousands)

                       

Allowance for loan losses:

                       

Beginning balance

   $ 42,484       $ 4,782       $ 3,826       $ 7,145       $ 7,813       $ 66,050       $ 61,725       $ 47,123   

Charge-offs

     39,393         4,615         3,084         5,121         6,053         58,266         54,915         27,407   

Recoveries

     3,491         740         1,100         1,332         921         7,584         4,650         5,224   

Net Provision for loan losses (a)

     50,277         3,719         1,076         5,328         5,591         65,991         54,590         36,785   

Increase in indemnification asset (a)

     —           —           —           638         —           638         —           —     
                                                                       

Ending balance

   $ 56,859       $ 4,626       $ 2,918       $ 9,322       $ 8,272       $ 81,997       $ 66,050       $ 61,725   
                                                                       

Ending balance:

                       

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 10,648       $ 1,304       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 11,952       $ 10,972       $ 7,110   

Ending balance:

                       

Collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 46,211       $ 3,322       $ 2,918       $ 9,322       $ 8,272       $ 70,045       $ 55,078       $ 54,615   

Ending balance:

                       

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

Loans:

                       

Ending balance:

   $ 3,147,765       $ 659,689       $ 309,454       $ 739,262       $ 100,994       $ 4,957,164       $ 5,114,175       $ 4,249,290   

Ending balance:

                       

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 56,836       $ 5,618       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 62,454       $ 78,005       $ 24,705   

Ending balance:

                       

Collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 2,716,598       $ 360,566       $ 309,454       $ 597,947       $ 100,994       $ 4,085,559       $ 4,085,740       $ 4,224,585   

Ending balance:

                       

Loans acquired

   $ 374,331       $ 293,505       $ —         $ 141,315       $ —         $ 809,151       $ 950,430       $ —     

 

(a)

The provision for loan losses is shown “net” after coverage provided by FDIC loss share agreements on covered loans. This results in an increase in the indemnification asset, which is the difference between the provision for loan losses on covered loans of $672, and the impairment ($34) on those covered loans.

 

82


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 4. Loans (continued)

 

In some instances, loans are placed on non-accrual status. All accrued but uncollected interest related to the loan is deducted from income in the period the loan is assigned a non-accrual status. For such period as a loan is in non-accrual status, any cash receipts are applied first to principal, second to expenses incurred to cause payment to be made and lastly to the recovery of any reversed interest income and interest that would be due and owing subsequent to the loan being placed on non-accrual status.

Non-accrual and renegotiated loans amounted to approximately 2.52% and 1.69% of total loans at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The following table shows the composition of non-accrual loans by portfolio segment:

 

     December 31,      December 31,  
     2010      2009  
     (In thousands)  

Commercial

   $ 50,379       $ 12,715   

Commercial - acquired

     41,917         34,024   

Residential mortgages

     18,699         12,032   

Residential mortgages - acquired

     3,199         20,261   

Indirect consumer

     —           —     

Direct consumer

     4,862         6,231   

Direct consumer - acquired

     170         1,292   

Finance Company

     1,759         —     
                 

Total

   $ 120,985       $ 86,555   
                 

Included in non-accrual loans is $8.7 million in restructured commercial loans. Total troubled debt restructurings for the period ending December 31, 2010, were $12.6 million. The Company had no loans classified as restructured at December 31, 2009. Loan restructurings occur when a borrower is experiencing, or is expected to experience, financial difficulties in the near-term and, consequently, a modification that would otherwise not be considered is granted to the borrower. The concessions involve paying interest only for a period of 6 to 12 months. The Company does not typically lower the interest rate or forgive principal or interest as part of the loan modification. There have been no commitments to lend additional funds to any borrowers whose loans have been restructured. Troubled debt restructurings can involve loans remaining on non-accrual, moving to non-accrual, or continuing to accrue, depending on the individual facts and circumstances of the borrower. The evaluation of the borrower’s financial condition and prospects include consideration of the borrower’s sustained historical repayment performance for a reasonable period prior to the date on which the loan is returned to accrual status. A sustained period of repayment performance generally would be a minimum of six months and would involve payments of cash or cash equivalents. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is not reasonably assured, the loan remains classified as a non-accrual loan. As of December 31, 2010, no troubled debt restructurings have subsequently defaulted.

The Company’s investments in impaired loans at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 were $107.7 million and $133.6 million, respectively. The average amounts of impaired loans carried on the Company’s books for 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $126.5 million, $40.1 million and $19.3 million, respectively. The amount of interest that would have been recorded on non-accrual loans had the loans not been classified as non-accrual in 2010, 2009 or 2008, was $5.7 million, $2.0 million and $1.1 million, respectively. Interest actually received on non-accrual loans at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $1.0 million and $0.3 million, respectively, and for the year ended December 31, 2008 was not material.

 

83


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 4. Loans (continued)

 

The table below presents impaired loans disaggregated by class at December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

December 31, 2010

   Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 
    

(In thousands)

 

With no related allowance recorded:

              

Commercial

   $ 22,641       $ 22,641       $ —         $ 26,473       $ 224   

Commercial - acquired

     41,917         41,917         —           49,070         —     

Residential mortgages

     1,263         1,263         —           1,601         26   

Residential mortgages - acquired

     3,199         3,199         —           3,631         —     

Direct consumer - acquired

     170         170         —           184         —     
                                            
     69,190         69,190         —           80,958         250   

With an allowance recorded:

              

Commercial

     34,194         34,194         10,648         36,650         523   

Residential mortgages

     4,355         4,355         1,304         4,358         88   
                                            
     38,549         38,549         11,952         41,008         611   

Total:

              

Commercial

     56,835         56,835         10,648         63,123         747   

Commercial - acquired

     41,917         41,917         —           49,070         —     

Residential mortgages

     5,618         5,618         1,304         5,959         114   

Residential mortgages - acquired

     3,199         3,199         —           3,631         —     

Direct consumer - acquired

     170         170         —           184         —     
                                            

Total

   $ 107,739       $ 107,739       $ 11,952       $ 121,966       $ 861   
                                            

December 31, 2009

   Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 
    

(In thousands)

 

With no related allowance recorded:

              

Commercial

   $ 29,277       $ 29,277       $ —         $ 16,754       $ 33   

Commercial - acquired

     34,024         34,024         —           8,506         —     

Residential mortgages

     9,889         9,889         —           5,368         14   

Residential mortgages - acquired

     20,261         20,261         —           5,065         —     

Direct consumer - acquired

     1,292         1,292         —           323         —     
                                            
     94,743         94,743         —           36,016         47   

With an allowance recorded:

              

Commercial

     35,078         35,078         10,292         28,791         19   

Residential mortgages

     3,761         3,761         680         3,280         4   
                                            
     38,839         38,839         10,972         32,071         23   

Total:

              

Commercial

     64,355         64,355         10,292         45,545         52   

Commercial - acquired

     34,024         34,024         —           8,506         —     

Residential mortgages

     13,650         13,650         680         8,648         18   

Residential mortgages - acquired

     20,261         20,261         —           5,065         —     

Direct consumer - acquired

     1,292         1,292         —           323         —     
                                            

Total

   $ 133,582       $ 133,582       $ 10,972       $ 68,087       $ 70   
                                            

 

 

 

84


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 4. Loans (continued)

 

Accruing loans 90 days past due as a percent of loans was 0.03% and 0.23% at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The following table presents the age analysis of past due loans at December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

December 31, 2010

   30-89 days
past due
     Greater than
90 days past
due
     Total
past due
     Current      Total
Loans
     Recorded
investment
> 90 days
and accruing
 
    

(In thousands)

 

Commercial

   $ 12,463       $ 50,679       $ 63,142       $ 2,710,292       $ 2,773,434       $ 300   

Commercial - acquired

     —           41,917         41,917         332,414         374,331         —     

Residential mortgages

     22,109         19,573         41,682         324,502         366,184         874   

Residential mortgages - acquired

     —           3,199         3,199         290,306         293,505         —     

Indirect consumer

     —           —           —           309,454         309,454         —     

Direct consumer

     4,488         5,180         9,668         588,279         597,947         318   

Direct consumer - acquired

     —           170         170         141,145         141,315         —     

Finance Company

     2,011         1,759         3,770         97,224         100,994         —     
                                                     

Total

   $ 41,071       $ 122,477       $ 163,548       $ 4,793,616       $ 4,957,164       $ 1,492   
                                                     

December 31, 2009

   30-89 days
past due
     Greater than
90 days past
due
     Total
past due
     Current      Total
Loans
     Recorded
investment
> 90 days
and accruing
 
    

(In thousands)

 

Commercial

   $ 14,998       $ 15,972       $ 30,970       $ 2,651,905       $ 2,682,875       $ 3,257   

Commercial - acquired

     —           34,024         34,024         444,013         478,037         —     

Residential mortgages

     31,172         17,238         48,410         347,536         395,946         5,206   

Residential mortgages - acquired

     —           20,261         20,261         323,692         343,953         —     

Indirect consumer

     —           —           —           373,353         373,353         —     

Direct consumer

     5,040         7,516         12,556         587,004         599,560         1,285   

Direct consumer - acquired

     —           1,292         1,292         127,148         128,440         —     

Finance Company

     3,167         1,899         5,066         106,945         112,011         1,899   
                                                     

Total

   $ 54,377       $ 98,202       $ 152,579       $ 4,961,596       $ 5,114,175       $ 11,647   
                                                     

 

85


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 4. Loans (continued)

 

The following table presents the credit quality indicators of the Company’s various classes of loans at December 31, 2010:

Commercial Credit Exposure

Credit Risk Profile by Creditworthiness Category

 

     Commercial      Commercial -
Acquired
     Total
Commercial
 
     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Grade:

  

Pass

   $ 2,404,462       $ 68,163       $ 2,472,625   

Pass-Watch

     73,985         52,739         126,724   

Special Mention

     3,989         31,431         35,420   

Substandard

     290,690         194,545         485,235   

Doubtful

     308         27,453         27,761   

Loss

     —           —           —     
                          

Total

   $ 2,773,434       $ 374,331       $ 3,147,765   
                          

Residential Mortgage Credit Exposure

Credit Risk Profile by Internally Assigned Grade

 

     Residential
Mortgages
     Residential
Mortgages -
Acquired
     Total
Residential
Mortgages
 
     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Grade:

  

Pass

   $ 284,712       $ 159,885       $ 444,597   

Pass-Watch

     7,857         29,673         37,530   

Special Mention

     —           15,220         15,220   

Substandard

     73,615         87,636         161,251   

Doubtful

     —           1,091         1,091   

Loss

     —           —           —     
                          

Total

   $ 366,184       $ 293,505       $ 659,689   
                          

Consumer Credit Exposure

Credit Risk Profile Based on Payment Activity

 

     Direct
Consumer
     Direct
Consumer  -
Acquired
     Total
Direct
Consumer
     Indirect
Consumer
     Finance
Company
 
     2010      2010      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Performing

   $ 593,085       $ 141,145       $ 734,230       $ 309,454       $ 99,235   

Nonperforming

     4,862         170         5,032         —           1,759   
                                            

Total

   $ 597,947       $ 141,315       $ 739,262       $ 309,454       $ 100,994   
                                            

All loans are reviewed periodically over the course of the year. Each Bank’s portfolio of loan relationships aggregating $500,000 or more is reviewed every 12 to 18 months by the Bank’s Loan Review staff with other loans also periodically reviewed.

Below are the definitions of the Company’s internally assigned grades:

 

   

Pass - loans properly approved, documented, collateralized, and performing which do not reflect an abnormal credit risk.

 

   

Pass - Watch - Credits in this category are of sufficient risk to cause concern. This category is reserved for credits that display negative performance trends. The “Watch” grade should be regarded as a transition category.

 

86


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 4. Loans (continued)

 

   

Special Mention - These credits exhibit some signs of “Watch”, but to a greater magnitude. These credits constitute an undue and unwarranted credit risk, but not to a point of justifying a classification of “Substandard”. They have weaknesses that, if not checked or corrected, weaken the asset or inadequately protect the bank.

 

   

Substandard - These credits constitute an unacceptable risk to the bank. They have recognized credit weaknesses that jeopardize the repayment of the debt. Repayment sources are marginal or unclear. Credits that have debt service coverage less than one-to-one (1:1) or are collateral dependent will almost always be accorded this grade.

 

   

Doubtful - A Doubtful credit has all of the weaknesses inherent in one classified “Substandard” with the added characteristic that weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full questionable or improbable. The possibility of a loss is extremely high.

 

   

Loss - Credits classified as Loss are considered uncollectable and should be charged off promptly once so classified.

 

   

Performing - Loans on which payments of principal and interest are less than 90 days past due.

 

   

Non-performing - A non-performing loan is a loan that is in default or close to being in default and there are good reasons to doubt that payments will be made in full. All loans rated as non-accrual are also non-performing.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had $35.9 million and $38.0 million, respectively, in loans carried at fair value. The Company held $21.9 million and $36.1 million in loans held for sale at December 31, 2010 and 2009 carried at lower of cost or market. Gain on the sale of loans totaled $1.4 million, $0.6 million, and $0.4 million for 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. These loans are originated on a best-efforts basis, whereby a commitment by a third party to purchase the loan has been received concurrent with the Banks’ commitment to the borrower to originate the loan.

Changes in the carrying amount of covered acquired loans and accretable yield for loans receivable at December 31, 2010 are presented in the following table (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2010  
     Net     Carrying  
     Accretable     Amount  
     Discount     of Loans*  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 159,932      $ 913,063   

Payments received, net

     —          (155,898

Accretion

     (52,294     52,294   
                

Balance at end of period

   $ 107,638      $ 809,459   
                

 

*

Excludes covered credit card loans and mortgage loans held for sale which total $37,367 on acquisition date.

The carrying value of loans receivable with deterioration of credit quality accounted for using the cost recovery method was $45.3 million at December 31, 2010, and $55.6 million at December 31, 2009. Each of these loans is on nonaccrual status. Loans with deterioration of credit quality that have an accretable difference are not included in nonperforming balances even though the customer may be contractually past due. These loans will accrete interest income over the remaining life of the loan. There was a provision for loan loss recognized for purchased loans during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 in the amount of $34 thousand.

The unpaid principal balance for purchased loans was $1,193 million and $1,462 million at December 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively.

Note 5. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Land and land improvements

   $ 39,837      $ 37,178   

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     185,878        185,814   

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     71,179        66,819   

Construction in progress

     10,126        1,434   

Software

     28,283        25,855   
                
     335,303        317,100   

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (125,384     (113,967
                

Property and equipment, net

   $ 209,919      $ 203,133   
                

Depreciation and amortization expense was $13.5 million, $15.5 million and $15.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Capitalized interest was $0.07 million, $0.02 million, and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

 

87


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents costs in excess of the fair value of net assets acquired in connection with purchase business combinations. In accordance with the provisions of FASB’s guidance for goodwill and other intangibles, the Company tests its goodwill for impairment annually. No impairment charges were recognized during 2010, 2009, or 2008. The carrying amount of goodwill was $61.6 and $62.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The following tables present information regarding the components of the Company’s other intangible assets, and related amortization for the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2010  
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
 

Core deposit intangibles

   $ 25,747       $ 13,218       $ 12,529   

Value of insurance business acquired

     2,431         1,757         674   

Non-compete agreements

     322         322         —     

Trade name

     100         100         —     
                          
   $ 28,600       $ 15,397       $ 13,203   
                          
     December 31, 2009  
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
 

Core deposit intangibles

   $ 25,747       $ 10,727       $ 15,020   

Value of insurance business acquired

     2,752         1,544         1,208   

Non-compete agreements

     322         308         14   

Trade name

     100         90         10   
                          
   $ 28,921       $ 12,669       $ 16,252   
                          
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010      2009      2008  

Aggregate amortization expense for:

        

Core deposit intangibles

   $ 2,491       $ 1,114       $ 1,113   

Value of insurance business acquired

     213         255         271   

Non-compete agreements

     14         28         28   

Trade name

     10         20         20   
                          
   $ 2,728       $ 1,417       $ 1,432   
                          

The amortization period used for core deposit intangibles and value of insurance business acquired is 10 years. The amortization period used for non-compete agreements and trade name intangibles is 5 years. The following table shows estimated amortization expense of other intangible assets for the five succeeding years and thereafter, calculated based on current amortization schedules (in thousands):

 

2011

     1,885   

2012

     1,670   

2013

     1,500   

2014

     1,079   

2015

     837   

Thereafter

     2,226   
        
   $ 9,197   
        

 

88


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 7. Deposits

The maturities of time deposits at December 31, 2010 follow (in thousands):

 

2011

   $ 1,624,560   

2012

     640,712   

2013

     65,394   

2014

     20,405   

2015

     144,701   

Thereafter

     51,690   
        

Total time deposits

     2,547,462   

Interest-bearing deposits with no stated maturity

     3,101,011   
        

Total interest-bearing deposits

   $ 5,648,473   
        

Time deposits of $100,000 or more totaled approximately $1,265.3 million and $955.5 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Note 8. Borrowings

Short-Term Borrowings

The following table presents information concerning federal funds purchased and sold, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Federal funds sold

    

Amount outstanding at period-end

   $ 124      $ 410   

Weighted average interest rate at period-end

     0.19     16.64

Federal funds purchased

    

Amount outstanding at period-end

   $ —        $ 250   

Weighted average interest rate at period-end

     0.14     0.11

Weighted average interest rate during the year

     0.13     0.21

Average daily balance during the year

   $ 2,734      $ 3,484   

Maximum month end balance during the year

   $ 6,900      $ 4,700   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    

Amount outstanding at period-end

   $ 364,676      $ 484,457   

Weighted average interest rate at period-end

     1.69     1.99

Weighted average interest rate during the year

     1.95     2.06

Average daily balance during the year

   $ 477,174      $ 523,351   

Maximum month end balance during the year

   $ 534,627      $ 567,888   

FHLB borrowings:

    

Amount outstanding at period-end

   $ 10,172      $ 30,805   

Weighted average interest rate at period-end

     1.19     0.38

Weighted average interest rate during the year

     0.57     0.17

Average daily balance during the year

   $ 22,846      $ 75,160   

Maximum month end balance during the year

   $ 30,676      $ 156,000   

 

89


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 8. Borrowings (continued)

 

The contractual maturity of federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase is demand or due overnight.

Specific U. S. Treasury and U. S. Government agencies with carrying values of $182.1 million at December 31, 2010 and $450.1 million at December 31, 2009 collateralized the retail and wholesale repurchase agreements. The fair value of this collateral approximated $189.7 million at December 31, 2010 and $458.3 million at December 31, 2009. In addition, there was cash collateral in the amount of $23.2 million for the wholesale repurchase agreements at December 31, 2010. The Company has $10 million in FHLB advances due September 12, 2011 at a fixed rate of 3.455%.

Long-Term Borrowings

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had $175.0 million and $225.0 million, respectively, in long-term borrowings classified as securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Combined with short-term borrowings of $189.7 million, the Company’s total position in securities sold under agreements to repurchase was $364.7 million. The Company has an approved line of credit with the FHLB of approximately $774.8 million, which is secured by a blanket pledge of certain residential mortgage loans. At December 31, 2010, the Company purchased letters of credit of $31.7 million for pledging purposes which reduces the availability to borrow against the FHLB line of credit. The Company had outstanding letters of credit of $10.7 million at December 31, 2009.

Note 9. Stockholders’ Equity

Regulatory Capital

Common stockholders’ equity of the Company includes the undistributed earnings of the bank subsidiaries. Dividends are payable only out of undivided profits or current earnings. Moreover, dividends to the Company’s stockholders can generally be paid only from dividends paid to the Company by the Banks. Consequently, dividends are dependent upon earnings, capital needs, regulatory policies and statutory limitations affecting the Banks. Federal and state banking laws and regulations restrict the amount of dividends and loans a bank may make to its parent company. Dividends paid by Hancock Bank are subject to approval by the Commissioner of Banking and Consumer Finance of the State of Mississippi and those paid by Hancock Bank of Louisiana are subject to approval by the Commissioner of Financial Institutions of the State of Louisiana. Dividends paid by Hancock Bank of Alabama are subject to approval by Alabama State Banking Department. The amount of capital of the subsidiary banks available for dividends at December 31, 2010 was approximately $36.6 million.

Risk-based capital requirements are intended to make regulatory capital more sensitive to risk elements of the Company. Currently, the Company and its bank subsidiaries are required to maintain minimum risk-based capital ratios of 8.0%, with not less than 4.0% in Tier 1 capital. In addition, the Company and its bank subsidiaries must maintain minimum Tier 1 leverage ratios (Tier 1 capital to total average assets) of at least 3.0% based upon the regulators latest composite rating of the institution.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (FDICIA) required each federal banking agency to implement prompt corrective actions for institutions that it regulates. The rules provide that an institution is “well capitalized” if its total risk-based capital ratio is 10.0% or greater, its Tier 1 risked-based capital ratio is 6.0% or greater, its leverage ratio is 5.0% or greater and the institution is not subject to a capital directive. Under this regulation, all of the subsidiary banks were deemed to be “well capitalized” as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 based upon the most recent notifications from their regulators. There are no conditions or events since those notifications that management believes would change these classifications. The Company and its bank subsidiaries are required to maintain certain minimum capital levels. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company and the Banks were in compliance with their respective statutory minimum capital requirements.

 

90


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 9. Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

Following is a summary of the actual capital levels at December 31, 2010 and 2009 (amounts in thousands):

 

     Actual      Required for
Minimum Capital
Adequacy
            To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
     Amount      Ratio %      Amount      Ratio %      Amount      Ratio %  

At December 31, 2010

                 

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

                 

Company

   $ 846,541         16.60       $ 407,970         8.00       $ N/A         N/A   

Hancock Bank

     446,894         16.46         217,206         8.00         271,507         10.00   

Hancock Bank of Louisiana

     344,447         15.72         175,339         8.00         219,174         10.00   

Hancock Bank of Alabama

     33,543         17.39         15,432         8.00         19,290         10.00   

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

                 

Company

   $ 782,301         15.34       $ 203,985         4.00       $ N/A         N/A   

Hancock Bank

     412,632         15.20         108,603         4.00         162,904         6.00   

Hancock Bank of Louisiana

     316,905         14.46         87,670         4.00         131,504         6.00   

Hancock Bank of Alabama

     31,102         16.12         7,716         4.00         11,574         6.00   

Tier 1 leverage capital

                 

Company

   $ 782,301         9.65       $ 243,160         3.00       $ N/A         N/A   

Hancock Bank

     412,632         8.03         154,198         3.00         256,996         5.00   

Hancock Bank of Louisiana

     316,905         11.33         83,878         3.00         139,797         5.00   

Hancock Bank of Alabama

     31,102         16.38         5,698         3.00         9,496         5.00   

At December 31, 2009

                 

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

                 

Company

   $ 822,505         13.04       $ 504,457         8.00       $ N/A         N/A   

Hancock Bank

     403,807         11.24         287,342         8.00         359,178         10.00   

Hancock Bank of Louisiana

     326,127         14.53         179,591         8.00         224,489         10.00   

Hancock Bank of Alabama

     23,597         13.33         14,164         8.00         17,705         10.00   

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

                 

Company

   $ 756,108         11.99       $ 252,228         4.00       $ N/A         N/A   

Hancock Bank

     371,013         10.33         143,671         4.00         215,507         6.00   

Hancock Bank of Louisiana

     302,316         13.47         89,796         4.00         134,694         6.00   

Hancock Bank of Alabama

     21,364         12.07         7,082         4.00         10,623         6.00   

Tier 1 leverage capital

                 

Company

   $ 756,108         10.60       $ 214,043         3.00       $ N/A         N/A   

Hancock Bank

     371,013         9.45         117,788         3.00         196,313         5.00   

Hancock Bank of Louisiana

     302,316         10.67         85,005         3.00         141,674         5.00   

Hancock Bank of Alabama

     21,364         12.29         5,216         3.00         8,694         5.00   

 

91


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 10. Retirement and Employee Benefit Plans

At December 31, 2010, the Company had a pension plan and two postretirement plans for employees, which are described more fully below. The Company has accounted for its defined benefit pension plan using the actuarial model required by generally accepted accounting principles regarding employers’ accounting for pensions. The compensation cost of an employee’s pension benefit has been recognized on the projected unit credit method over the employee’s approximate service period. The aggregate cost method has been utilized for funding purposes. The Company also sponsors two defined benefit postretirement plans, which provide medical benefits and life insurance benefits. The Company has accounted for these plans using the actuarial computations required by generally accepted accounting principles regarding employer’s accounting for postretirement benefits other than pensions. The cost of the defined benefit postretirement plan has been recognized on the projected unit credit method over the employee’s approximate service period.

Under generally accepted accounting principles, the Company is required to recognize the over funded or under funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability on its balance sheet. The Company recognizes changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income effective for years ending after December 15, 2006. In addition, generally accepted accounting principles require an employer to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year-end statement of financial position effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008.

Defined Benefit Plan - Pension

The Company has a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering employees who have been employed by the Company one year and who have worked a minimum of 1,000 hours during the calendar year. The Company’s current policy is to contribute annually the minimum amount that can be deducted for federal income tax purposes. The benefits are based upon years of service and the employee’s base or benefit base compensation during the highest consecutive five years of employment.

 

92


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 10. Retirement and Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

 

The measurement date for the pension plan is December 31. Data relative to the pension plan is as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Change in benefit obligation

    

Benefit obligation, beginning of year

   $ 89,720      $ 82,862   

Service cost

     3,501        3,107   

Interest cost

     5,233        4,833   

Actuarial loss

     7,155        2,502   

Benefits paid

     (3,863     (3,584
                

Benefit obligation, end of year

     101,746        89,720   
                

Change in plan assets

    

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year

     61,313        51,001   

Actual return on plan assets

     7,718        7,758   

Employer contributions

     6,726        6,431   

Benefit payments

     (3,863     (3,584

Expenses

     (254     (294
                

Fair value of plan assets, end of year

     71,640        61,312   
                

Funded status at end of year - net liability

   $ (30,106   $ (28,408
                

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss

    

Unrecognized loss at beginning of year

   $ 36,753      $ 40,490   

Amount of (loss)/gain recognized during the year

     (2,281     (2,648

Net actuarial loss/(gain)

     4,338        (1,089
                

Unrecognized loss at end of year

   $ 38,810      $ 36,753   
                

Net periodic expense is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  

Net periodic benefit cost

      

Service cost

   $ 3,500      $ 3,107      $ 2,626   

Interest cost

     5,233        4,833        4,517   

Expected return on plan assets

     (4,646     (3,873     (4,830

Recognized net amortization and deferral

     2,281        2,648        947   
                        

Net pension benefit cost

     6,368        6,715        3,260   
                        

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income, before taxes

      

Net (loss)/gain recognized during the year

     (2,281     (2,648     (1,184

Net actuarial loss/(gain)

     4,338        (1,089     22,975   
                        

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

     2,057        (3,737     21,791   
                        

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income

   $ 8,425      $ 2,978      $ 25,051   
                        

Weighted average assumptions as of measurement date

      

Discount rate for benefit obligations

     5.46     5.95     5.96

Discount rate for net periodic benefit cost

     5.30     5.96     6.31

Expected long-term return on plan assets

     7.50     7.50     7.50

Rate of compensation increase

     4.00     4.00     4.00

 

93


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 10. Retirement and Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

 

The long term rate of return is determined by using the weighted-average of historical real returns for major asset classes based on target asset allocations. The result is then adjusted for inflation. The Company uses the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve Liability Index (CPD). At December 31, 2010, the discount rate was calculated by matching expected future cash flows to the CPD Curve Liability Index. The published duration of the CPD curve was 16.8 years and the duration for the Company’s valuation was 15.27 years for December 2010.

The Company has been making the contributions required by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company’s contributions to this plan were $6.7 million in 2010, $6.4 million in 2009 and $4.8 million in 2008. The Company expects to contribute approximately $9.1 million to the pension plan in 2011. The following pension plan benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are expected to be made (in thousands):

 

2011

   $ 3,818   

2012

     4,203   

2013

     4,325   

2014

     4,544   

2015

     4,774   

2016 - 2020

     27,620   
        
   $ 49,284   
        

The expected benefits to be paid are based on the same assumptions used to measure the Company’s benefit obligation at December 31, 2010.

The plan assets are held in the Company’s Hancock Horizon mutual funds, as follows: Hancock Horizon Government Money Market Fund, Hancock Horizon Strategic Income Bond Fund, Hancock Horizon Quantitative Long/Short Fund, Hancock Horizon Diversified International Fund, Hancock Horizon Burkenroad Fund, Hancock Horizon Growth Fund, and Hancock Horizon Value Fund. The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009, by asset category, are shown in the following tables (in thousands):

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010

 

Asset Category

   Total      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Hancock Horizon Government Money Market Fund

   $ 2,573       $ 2,573       $ —         $ —     

Hancock Horizon Strategic Income Bond Fund

     25,974         25,974         —           —     

Hancock Horizon Quantitative Long/Short Fund

     3,525         3,525         —           —     

Hancock Horizon Diversified International Fund

     6,277         6,277         

Hancock Horizon Burkenroad Fund

     2,264         2,264         

Hancock Horizon Growth Fund

     12,392         12,392         —           —     

Hancock Horizon Value Fund

     18,635         18,635         
                                   

TOTAL

   $ 71,640       $ 71,640       $ —         $ —     
                                   

 

94


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 10. Retirement and Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2009

 

Asset Category

   Total      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Hancock Horizon Government Money Market Fund

   $ 2,542       $ 2,542       $ —         $ —     

Hancock Horizon Strategic Income Bond Fund

     22,156         22,156         —           —     

Hancock Horizon Quantitative Long/Short Fund

     2,901         2,901         —           —     

Hancock Horizon Diversified International Fund

     5,444         5,444         

Hancock Horizon Burkenroad Fund

     2,072         2,072         

Hancock Horizon Growth Fund

     10,431         10,431         —           —     

Hancock Horizon Value Fund

     15,767         15,767         
                                   

TOTAL

   $ 61,313       $ 61,313       $ —         $ —     
                                   

The Company’s pension plan weighted-average asset allocations and target allocations at December 31, 2010 and 2009, by asset category, are as follows:

 

     Plan Assets
at December 31,
    Target Allocation
at December 31,
 
     2010     2009     2010     2009  

Asset category

        

Equity securities

     60     60     40-70     40-70

Fixed income securities

     36     36     30-60     30-60

Cash equivalents

     4     4     0-10     0-10
                    
     100     100    
                    

The investment strategy of the pension plan is to emphasize a balanced return of current income and growth of principal while accepting a moderate level of risk. The investment goal of the plan is to meet or exceed the return of balanced market index comprised of 55% of the S&P 500 Index and 45% Barclays Intermediate Aggregate Index. The pension plan investment committee meets periodically to review the policy, strategy and performance of the plan.

Defined Benefit Plan - Postretirement

The Company sponsors two defined benefit postretirement plans, other than the pension plan that continue to cover retiring employees who have medical and/or group life insurance at the time of retirement who have reached 55 years of age with ten years of service or age 65 with five years of service. One plan provides medical benefits and the other provides life insurance benefits. The postretirement health care plan is contributory, with retiree contributions adjusted annually and subject to certain employer contribution maximums. Neither plan is available to employees hired on or after January 1, 2000. The following year-end financial information regarding the Company’s postretirement health care plan reflects the Medicare Part D subsidy. The life insurance plan is noncontributory.

The postretirement plans relating to health care payments and life insurance are not guaranteed and are subject to immediate cancellation and/or amendment. These plans are predicated on future Company profit levels that will justify their continuance. Overall health care costs are also a factor in the level of benefits provided and continuance of these post-retirement plans. There are no vested rights under the postretirement health or life insurance plans.

 

95


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 10. Retirement and Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

 

The measurement date for the plans is December 31, 2010. The Company used a 5.8% discount rate for the determination of the projected postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. The discount rate is based on the Citigroup Discount Pension Curve.

Data relative to these postretirement benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Change in postretirement benefit obligation

    

Projected postretirement benefit obligation, beginning of year

   $ 10,290      $ 8,727   

Service cost

     125        114   

Interest cost

     556        565   

Plan participants’ contributions

     310        299   

Actuarial loss

     2,098        1,574   

Benefit payments

     (1,006     (989
                

Projected postretirement benefit obligation, end of year

     12,373        10,290   
                

Change in plan assets

    

Plan assets, beginning of year

     —          —     

Employer contributions

     696        690   

Plan participants’ contributions

     310        299   

Benefit payments

     (1,006     (989
                

Plan assets, end of year

     —          —     
                

Funded status at end of year - net liability

   $ (12,373   $ (10,290
                

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss

    

Net loss

   $ 5,643      $ 3,846   

Prior service cost

     (102     (155

Net obligation

     5        10   
                
   $ 5,546      $ 3,701   
                

 

96


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 10. Retirement and Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

 

The following table shows the composition of net period postretirement benefit cost (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost

      

Service cost

   $ 124      $ 114      $ 174   

Interest costs

     556        565        505   

Amortization of net loss

     302        296        177   

Amortization of prior service cost

     (48     (48     (48
                        

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost

     934        927        808   
                        

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income, before taxes

      

Amount of loss recognized during the year

     (302     (296     (177

Net actuarial (gain)/loss

     2,098        1,574        269   

Amortization of prior service cost

     48        48        48   
                        

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

     1,844        1,326        140   
                        

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income

   $ 2,778      $ 2,253      $ 948   
                        

For measurement purposes in 2010, an 8.0% annual rate of increase in the over age 65 per capita costs of covered health care benefits was assumed for 2011. The rate was assumed to decrease uniformly to 5.0% over 6 years and remain at that level thereafter. In 2009, a 9.0% annual rate of increase in the over age 65 per capita costs of covered health care benefits was assumed. The rate was assumed to decrease uniformly to 5.0% over 8 years and remain at that level thereafter. The health care cost trend rate assumption has an effect on the amounts reported. The following table illustrates the effect on the postretirement benefit obligation of a 1% increase or 1% decrease in the assumed health care cost trend rates:

 

     1% Decrease
in Rates
     Assumed
Rates
     1% Increase
in Rates
 

Aggregated service and interest cost

   $ 598       $ 681       $ 783   

Postretirement benefit obligation

     11,047         12,373         13,986   

The Company expects to contribute $0.8 million to the plans in 2011. Expected benefits to be paid over the next ten years and are reflected the following table (in thousands):

 

2011

   $ 836   

2012

     739   

2013

     709   

2014

     721   

2015

     667   

2016 - 2020

     3,565   
        
   $ 7,237   
        

 

97


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 10. Retirement and Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

 

The following table shows the amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss that the Company expects to be recognized as net periodic benefit cost during the year ending December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

Prior service cost

   $ (53

Net transition obligation

     5   

Net loss

     539   
        

Total

   $ 491   
        

Defined Contribution Plan – 401(k)

The Company has a 401(k) retirement plan covering substantially all employees who have been employed 90 days excluding on call, temporary, and seasonal employees and meet certain other requirements. Under this plan, employees can contribute a portion of their salary within limits provided by the Internal Revenue Code into the plan. The Company’s contributions to this plan were $2.0 million in 2010, $1.8 million in 2009 and $1.7 million in 2008.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans

The Company has one nonqualified deferred compensation plan covering employees who have met certain requirements. The Company’s contributions to this plan were $1.1 million in 2010, $0.8 million in 2009 and $1.0 million in 2008.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Company has an employee stock purchase plan that is designed to provide the employees of the Company a convenient means of purchasing common stock of the Company. Substantially all employees, who have been employed by the Company 90 days excluding on call, interns, temporary, and seasonal employees, are eligible to participate. The Company makes no contribution to each participant’s contribution. The numbers of shares purchased under this plan were 14,202 in 2010, 12,516 in 2009 and 9,864 in 2008.

Effective December 31, 2010, Hancock Bank terminated the Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Hancock Bank. Adopted in its place was the Hancock Holding Company 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan which became effective January 1, 2011. The major changes under the new plan are that the new plan allows participants to contribute up to 10% instead of 5% of base wages and the stock purchased under the new plan is allocated to each participant as of each payday rather than bi-annually.

Note 11. Stock-Based Payment Arrangements

At December 31, 2010, the Company had two share-based payment plans for employees, which are described below. The Company follows the fair value recognition provisions of FASB’s guidance regarding share-based payment. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 total compensation cost for share-based compensation recognized in income was $4.1 million, $3.3 million, and $2.8 million, respectively. The total recognized tax benefit related to the share-based compensation was $0.7 million, $0.8 million, and $0.7 million, respectively, for years 2010, 2009 and 2008.

Prior to the adoption of the guidance, the Company presented all tax benefits of deductions resulting from the exercise of stock options as operating cash flows in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The guidance requires the cash flows resulting from the tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options (excess tax benefits) to be classified as financing cash flows. The excess tax benefit classified as a financing cash inflow and classified as an operating cash outflow for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 was $0.3 million, $0.5 million, and $4.5 million, respectively.

 

98


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 11. Stock-Based Payment Arrangements (continued)

 

Stock Option Plans

The 1996 Hancock Holding Company Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “1996 Plan”) that was approved by the Company’s shareholders in 1996 was designed to provide annual incentive stock awards. Awards as defined in the 1996 Plan include, with limitations, stock options, incentive stock options, restricted shares, performance stock awards, and stock appreciation rights, all on a stand-alone, combination or tandem basis. A total of fifteen million (15,000,000) common shares can be granted under the 1996 Plan with an annual grant maximum of 2% of the Company’s outstanding common stock as reported for the fiscal year ending immediately prior to such plan year. Grants of restricted stock awards are limited to one-third of the grant totals.

The exercise price is equal to the closing market price on the date immediately preceding the date of grant, except for certain of those granted to major stockholders where the option price is 110% of the market price. Option awards generally vest equally over five years of continuous service and have ten-year contractual terms. The Company’s policy is to issue new shares upon share option exercise and issue treasury shares upon restricted stock award vesting. The 1996 Long-Term Incentive Plan expired in 2006.

In March of 2005, the stockholders of the Company approved Hancock Holding Company’s 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2005 Plan”) as the successor plan to the 1996 LTIP. The 2005 Plan is designed to enable employees and directors to obtain a proprietary interest in the Company and to attract and retain outstanding personnel. Awards as defined in the 2005 Plan include, with limitations, stock options (including restricted stock options), restricted and performance shares, and performance stock awards, all on a stand-alone, combination or tandem basis.

The 2005 Plan provides that awards for up to an aggregate of five million (5,000,000) shares of the Company’s common stock may be granted during the term of the 2005 Plan. The 2005 Plan limits the number of shares for which awards may be granted during any calendar year to 2% of the outstanding Company’s common stock as reported for the fiscal year ending immediately prior to such plan year.

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date’s prior closing price using Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model that uses the assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatilities are based on implied volatilities from traded options on the Company’s stock, historical volatility of the Company’s stock and other factors. The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the option valuation model and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

 

     Years Ended December 31,
     2010   2009*   2008

Expected volatility

   40.53%   40.45%  

29.02%-35.33

Expected dividends

  

2.9%-2.99

  2.49%  

2.31%-2.60

Expected term (in years)

   9.55   8.7   5.6-8.7

Risk-free rates

  

2.73%-3.33

  3.28%  

2.07%-3.71

 

*

During 2009, there was only one option award to one class of recipients

 

99


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 11. Stock-Based Payment Arrangements (continued)

 

A summary of option activity and changes under the plans for 2010 is presented below:

 

Options

   Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price ($)
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value ($000)
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2010

     1,000,249      $ 35.15         

Granted

     194,772      $ 32.13         

Exercised

     (49,902   $ 23.06          $ 827   

Forfeited or expired

     (15,599   $ 41.14         

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     1,129,520      $ 35.08         6.3       $ 3,080   

Exercisable at December 31, 2010

     658,436      $ 33.88         4.6       $ 2,548   

Share options expected to vest

     471,084      $ 36.75         8.6       $ 532   

The weighted-average grant-date fair values of options granted during 2010, 2009, and 2008 were $10.73, $14.52, and $13.19, respectively, per optioned share. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $0.8 million, $1.5 million, and $12.6 million, respectively.

A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested shares as of December 31, 2010, and changes during 2010, is presented below:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested at January 1, 2010

     688,370      $ 23.67   

Granted

     321,238      $ 19.48   

Vested

     (151,657   $ 32.69   

Forfeited

     (18,343   $ 15.33   
          

Nonvested at December 31, 2010

     839,608      $ 20.62   
          

As of December 31, 2010, there was $13.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.8 years. The total fair value of shares which vested during 2010 and 2009 was $2.6 million and $2.7 million, respectively.

 

100


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 12. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued authoritative guidance that establishes a framework for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), clarifies the definition of fair value within that framework, and expands disclosures about the use of fair value measurements. The guidance defines a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to these valuation techniques used to measure fair value giving preference to quoted prices in active markets (level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs such as a reporting entity’s own data (level 3). Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, observable inputs other than quoted prices, such as interest rates and yield curves, and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. Available for sale securities classified as level 1 within the valuation hierarchy include U.S. Treasury securities, obligations of U.S. Government-sponsored agencies, and other debt and equity securities. Level 2 classified available for sale securities include mortgage-backed debt securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, and state and municipal bonds. There were no transfers between levels during the year.

The Company adopted the provisions of the guidance for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities on January 1, 2009.

Fair Value of Assets Measured on a Recurring Basis

The following table presents for each of the fair-value hierarchy levels the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value (in thousands) on a recurring basis at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

     As of December 31, 2010  
     Level 1      Level 2      Net Balance  

Assets

        

Available for sale securities:

        

Debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury and other government corporations and agencies

   $ 117,435       $ —         $ 117,435   

Debt securities issued by states of the United

        180,443         180,443   

States and political subdivisions of the states

        —           —     

Corporate debt securities

     15,285         —           15,285   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     —           799,686         799,686   

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     —           372,051         372,051   

Equity securities

     3,985         —           3,985   

Short-term investments

     274,974         —           274,974   

Loans carried at fair value

     —           35,934         35,934   
                          

Total assets

   $ 411,679       $ 1,388,114       $ 1,799,793   
                          

Liabilities

        

Swaps

   $ —         $ 2,952       $ 2,952   
                          

Total Liabilities

   $ —         $ 2,952       $ 2,952   
                          

 

101


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 12. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (continued)

 

     As of December 31, 2009  
     Level 1      Level 2      Net Balance  

Assets

        

Available for sale securities:

        

Debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury and other government corporations and agencies

   $ 143,755       $ —         $ 143,755   

Debt securities issued by states of the United

        

States and political subdivisions of the states

     —           191,668         191,668   

Corporate debt securities

     16,326         —           16,326   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     —           1,110,547         1,110,547   

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     —           147,169         147,169   

Equity securities

     1,862         —           1,862   

Short-term investments

     214,771         —           214,771   

Loans carried at fair value

     —           38,021         38,021   
                          

Total assets

   $ 376,714       $ 1,487,405       $ 1,864,119   
                          

Liabilities

        

Swaps

   $ —         $ 2,209       $ 2,209   
                          

Total Liabilities

   $ —         $ 2,209       $ 2,209   
                          

Fair Value of Assets Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and, therefore, are not included in the above table. Impaired loans are level 2 assets measured using appraisals from external parties of the collateral less any prior liens or based on recent sales activity for similar assets in the property’s market. Other real estate owned are level 2 properties recorded at the balance of the loan or at estimated fair value less estimated selling costs, whichever is less, at the date acquired. Fair values are determined by sales agreement or appraisal. Inputs include appraisal values on the properties or recent sales activity for similar assets in the property’s market. The following table presents for each of the fair value hierarchy levels the Company’s financial assets that are measured at fair value (in thousands) on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

     As of December 31, 2010  
     Level 1      Level 2      Net Balance  

Assets

        

Impaired loans

   $ —         $ 95,787       $ 95,787   

Other real estate owned

     —           32,520         32,520   
                          

Total assets

   $ —         $ 128,307       $ 128,307   
                          
     As of December 31, 2009  
     Level 1      Level 2      Net Balance  

Assets

        

Impaired loans

   $ —         $ 122,610       $ 122,610   

Other real estate owned

     —           13,786         13,786   
                          

Total assets

   $ —         $ 136,396       $ 136,396   
                          

 

102


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 12. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (continued)

 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value regarding disclosures about fair value of financial instruments of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate:

Cash, Short-Term Investments and Federal Funds Sold - For those short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Securities - Estimated fair values for securities are based on quoted market prices where available. If quoted market prices are not available, estimated fair values are based on market prices of comparable instruments.

Loans, Net of Unearned Income - The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates for similar loans with the same remaining maturities with similar credit quality.

Accrued Interest Receivable and Accrued Interest Payable - The carrying amounts are a reasonable estimate of their fair values.

Deposits - The guidance requires that the fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits, interest-bearing checking and savings accounts, be assigned fair values equal to amounts payable upon demand (carrying amounts). The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Federal Funds Purchased - For these short-term liabilities, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase, Federal Funds Purchased, and FHLB Borrowings - For these short-term liabilities, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Long-Term Notes - Rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate fair value of existing debt. The fair value is estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows using current market rates at which similar notes over the same remaining term could be obtained.

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2009  
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
 

Financial assets:

           

Cash, interest-bearing deposits, federal funds sold, and short-term investments

   $ 778,851       $ 778,851       $ 1,001,976       $ 1,001,976   

Securities

     1,488,885         1,488,885         1,611,327         1,611,327   

Loans, net of unearned income

     4,979,030         5,085,925         5,150,287         5,263,246   

Accrued interest receivable

     30,157         30,157         35,468         35,468   

Financial liabilities:

           

Deposits

   $ 6,775,719       $ 6,787,931       $ 7,195,812       $ 7,241,363   

Federal funds purchased

     —           —           250         250   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     364,676         364,676         484,457         484,457   

FHLB borrowings

     10,172         10,172         30,805         30,805   

Long-term notes

     376         376         671         671   

Accrued interest payable

     4,007         4,007         4,824         4,824   

 

103


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 13. Commitments and Contingencies

Lending Related

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into financial instruments, such as commitments to extend credit and letters of credit, to meet the financing needs of its customers. Such instruments are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements until they are funded and involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk not reflected in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract amounts of these instruments reflect the Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party on whose behalf the instrument has been issued. The Company undertakes the same credit evaluation in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments and may require collateral or other credit support for off-balance sheet financial instruments. These obligations are summarized below (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2009  

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 912,206       $ 983,242   

Letters of credit

     87,038         108,736   

Approximately $728.5 million and $679.0 million of commitments to extend credit at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, were at variable rates and the remainder was at fixed rates. A commitment to extend credit is an agreement to lend to a customer as long as the conditions established in the agreement have been satisfied. A commitment to extend credit generally has a fixed expiration date or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee by the borrower. Since commitments often expire without being fully drawn, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements of the Company. The Company continually evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. Occasionally, a credit evaluation of a customer requesting a commitment to extend credit results in the Company obtaining collateral to support the obligation.

Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing a letter of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending a loan. The Company accounts for these commitments under the provisions of the FASB’s authoritative guidance. The liability associated with letters of credit is not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Letters of credit are supported by collateral or borrower guarantee sufficient to cover any draw on the letter that would result in an outstanding loan.

Legal Proceedings

The Company is party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, after consultation with legal counsel, there are no proceedings expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial statements of the Company. The Company has pending litigation as a result of Hancock’s Peoples First acquisition but any resulting losses are covered by the terms of the loss share indemnification agreement.

Lease Commitments

The Company currently has capital and operating leases for buildings and equipment that expire from 2011 to 2048. It is expected that certain leases will be renewed or equipment replaced as leases expire. Certain of these leases have escalation clauses, rent concessions, or rent holidays that are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease as required by authoritative guidance regarding accounting for leases.

 

104


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 13. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

Future minimum lease payments for all non-cancelable capital and operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more consisted of the following at December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     Captial Leases      Operating Leases  

2011

   $ 26       $ 4,389   

2012

     28         3,962   

2013

     31         3,182   

2014

     34         3,063   

2015

     35         2,888   

Thereafter

     14         20,292   
                 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 168       $ 37,776   
           

Amounts representing interest

     66      
           

Present value of net minimum lease payments

   $ 102      
           

Rental expense approximated $7.2 million, $4.5 million, $5.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Rental expense is included in net occupancy expense on the consolidated statement of income.

Note 14. Other Noninterest Income and Other Noninterest Expense

The components of other noninterest income and other noninterest expense are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  

Other noninterest income:

      

Income from bank owned life insurance

   $ 5,219      $ 5,527      $ 5,906   

Outsourced check income

     (200     (94     284   

Safety deposit box income

     841        794        821   

Appraisal fee income

     714        854        1,001   

Letter of credit fees

     1,451        1,309        1,140   

Accretion on indemnification asset

     4,890        —          —     

Other

     4,000        7,657        4,424   
                        

Total other noninterest income

   $ 16,915      $ 16,047      $ 13,576   
                        

Other noninterest expense:

      

Postage

   $ 4,195      $ 3,505      $ 3,902   

Communication

     6,824        4,969        5,552   

Data processing

     23,646        19,043        18,432   

Legal and professional services

     16,447        12,321        12,718   

Ad valorem and franchise taxes

     3,568        3,621        3,532   

Printing and supplies

     2,380        1,911        1,833   

Advertising

     7,713        5,597        6,917   

Regulatory and other fees

     15,050        16,391        6,935   

Miscellaneous expense

     7,070        4,247        3,705   

ORE expense

     4,475        1,357        917   

Insurance expense

     2,010        1,905        1,975   

Other expense

     6,740        5,548        5,290   
                        

Total other noninterest expense

   $ 100,118      $ 80,415      $ 71,708   
                        

 

105


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 15. Income Taxes

Income taxes consisted of the following components (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  

Current federal

   $ 20,707      $ 15,816      $ 24,603   

Current state

     600        (241     2,028   
                        

Total current provision

     21,307        15,575        26,631   
                        

Deferred federal

     (10,676     6,753        (4,675

Deferred state

     (926     591        (337
                        

Total deferred provision

     (11,602     7,344        (5,012
                        

Total tax expense

   $ 9,705      $ 22,919      $ 21,619   
                        

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax reporting purposes.

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Minimum pension liability

   $ 16,505      $ 15,066   

Allowance for loan losses

     30,356        24,549   

Compensation

     10,581        8,852   

Loans ASC 310

     126,536        145,500   

Demand Deposits

     1,218        4,625   

Capital loss

     153        1,063   

Tax credit carryforward

     663        —     

Federal net operating loss

     104        123   

State net operating loss

     1,274        1,059   

Other

     1,637        404   
                

Gross deferred tax assets

     189,027        201,241   
                

Federal valuation allowance

     (84     (85

State valuation allowance

     (1,274     (1,059
                

Subtotal valuation allowance

     (1,358     (1,144
                

Net deferred tax assets

     187,669        200,097   
                

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Fixed assets & intangibles

     (31,159     (30,081

FHLB Stock Dividend

     (3,520     —     

Unrealized gain on securities available for sale

     (15,932     (16,538

Deferred gain

     (17,907     (27,938

FDIC Indemnification Asset

     (104,785     (126,147

Other

     (7,825     (6,509
                

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     (181,128     (207,213
                

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

   $ 6,541      $ (7,116
                

 

106


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 15. Income Taxes (continued)

 

At December 31, 2010, the Company had a federal valuation allowance related to a federal net operating loss carryforward and a state valuation allowance related to miscellaneous state net operating losses. The federal net operating loss carryforward will expire in 2011. Other than these items, no valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets has been recorded on December 31, 2010 and 2009, as management believes it is more likely than not that the remaining deferred tax assets will be realized.

The reason for differences in income taxes reported compared to amounts computed by applying the statutory income tax rate of 35% to earnings before income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  
     Amount     %     Amount     %     Amount     %  

Taxes computed at statutory rate

   $ 21,669        35   $ 34,195        35   $ 30,445        35

Increases (decreases) in taxes resulting from:

            

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

     (410     -1     706        1     1,099        1

Tax-exempt interest

     (6,747     -11     (6,703     -7     (5,827     -7

Bank owned life insurance

     (1,918     -3     (2,097     -2     (2,159     -2

Tax credits

     (3,702     -6     (3,923     -4     (2,284     -3

Other, net

     813        1     741        1     345        0
                                                

Income tax expense

   $ 9,705        15   $ 22,919        24   $ 21,619        24
                                                

The tax credits available to the Company for the 2010 and 2009 tax years included the Worker’s Opportunity Tax Credit, the Gulf Tax Credit and the New Markets Tax Credit.

The Company adopted authoritative guidance regarding accounting for uncertainty in income taxes on January 1, 2007 and determined that no adjustment was required to retained earnings due to the adoption of this Interpretation. There were no material uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2010. The Company does not expect that unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months.

It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and penalties accrued relative to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2010, the interest accrued is considered immaterial to the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return, as well as filing various returns in the states where its banking offices are located. Its filed income tax returns are no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2007.

 

107


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 16. Earnings Per Share

Following is a summary of the information used in the computation of earnings per common share (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010      2009      2008  

Numerator:

        

Net income to common shareholders

   $ 52,206       $ 74,775       $ 65,366   
                          

Net income allocated to participating securities - basic and diluted

     320         247         221   
                          

Net income allocated to common shareholders - basic and diluted

   $ 51,886       $ 74,528       $ 65,145   
                          

Denominator:

        

Weighted-average common shares - basic

     36,876         32,747         31,491   

Dilutive potential common shares

     178         187         392   
                          

Weighted average common shares - diluted

     37,054         32,934         31,883   
                          

Earnings per common share:

        

Basic

   $ 1.41       $ 2.28       $ 2.07   

Diluted

   $ 1.40       $ 2.26       $ 2.04   

There were no anti-dilutive share-based incentives outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008.

 

108


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 17. Segment Reporting

The Company’s primary segments are divided into the Mississippi (MS), Louisiana (LA) and Alabama (AL) markets. Effective January 1, 2010, the Florida (FL) segment was merged into the Mississippi (MS) segment. The activity and assets of Peoples First acquired in December 2009 are included in Mississippi (MS). Each segment offers the same products and services but is managed separately due to different pricing, product demand and consumer markets. The primary segments offer commercial, consumer and mortgage loans and deposit services. In all tables, the column “Other” includes additional consolidated subsidiaries of the Company: Hancock Investment Services, Inc., Hancock Insurance Agency, Inc., Harrison Finance Company, Magna Insurance Company and three real estate corporations owning land and buildings that house bank branches and other facilities. Following is selected information for the Company’s segments (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2010  
     MS     LA      AL     Other      Eliminations     Consolidated  
     (In thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 194,175      $ 132,205       $ 9,047      $ 22,122       $ (4,991   $ 352,558   

Interest expense

     59,313        21,198         2,071        4,294         (4,531     82,345   
                                                  

Net interest income

     134,862        111,007         6,976        17,828         (460     270,213   

Provision for loan losses

     34,983        22,554         2,862        5,592         —          65,991   

Noninterest income

     66,023        43,331         1,917        25,745         (67     136,949   

Depreciation and amortization

     9,432        3,003         323        767         —          13,525   

Other noninterest expense

     146,714        81,665         6,242        31,244         (130     265,735   
                                                  

Income before income taxes

     9,756        47,116         (534     5,970         (397     61,911   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (4,827     12,373         (274     2,433         —          9,705   
                                                  

Net income (loss)

   $ 14,583      $ 34,743       $ (260   $ 3,537       $ (397   $ 52,206   
                                                  

Total assets

   $ 5,051,664      $ 2,906,365       $ 195,719      $ 1,093,565       $ (1,108,986   $ 8,138,327   

Total interest income from affiliates

   $ 5,014      $ —         $ 3      $ —         $ (5,017   $ —     

Total interest income from external customers

   $ 189,161      $ 132,205       $ 9,044      $ 22,122       $ 26      $ 352,558   
     Year Ended December 31, 2009  
     MS     LA      AL     Other      Eliminations     Consolidated  
     (In thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 158,823      $ 138,767       $ 8,291      $ 23,931       $ (6,085   $ 323,727   

Interest expense

     63,460        29,772         2,750        4,942         (5,624     95,300   
                                                  

Net interest income

     95,363        108,995         5,541        18,989         (461     228,427   

Provision for loan losses

     22,353        18,398         7,160        6,679         —          54,590   

Noninterest income

     88,355        42,321         1,754        25,177         (280     157,327   

Depreciation and amortization

     11,170        3,467         315        597         —          15,549   

Other noninterest expense

     101,675        81,850         5,185        29,310         (99     217,921   
                                                  

Income before income taxes

     48,520        47,601         (5,365     7,580         (642     97,694   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     11,109        12,866         (1,960     904         —          22,919   
                                                  

Net income (loss)

   $ 37,411      $ 34,735       $ (3,405   $ 6,676       $ (642   $ 74,775   
                                                  

Total assets

   $ 5,610,036      $ 2,890,341       $ 179,701      $ 1,114,826       $ (1,097,821   $ 8,697,083   

Total interest income from affiliates

   $ 6,084      $ —         $ 1      $ —         $ (6,085   $ —     

Total interest income from external customers

   $ 152,739      $ 138,767       $ 8,290      $ 23,931       $ —        $ 323,727   

 

109


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 17. Segment Reporting (continued)

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2008  
     MS      LA      AL     Other      Eliminations     Consolidated  
     (In thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 168,005       $ 145,546       $ 5,088      $ 26,574       $ (9,776   $ 335,437   

Interest expense

     78,832         48,813         2,508        5,164         (9,315     126,002   
                                                   

Net interest income

     89,173         96,733         2,580        21,410         (461     209,435   

Provision for loan losses

     14,341         15,715         1,393        5,336         —          36,785   

Noninterest income

     57,273         46,231         702        23,606         (34     127,778   

Depreciation and amortization

     11,262         3,555         377        567         —          15,761   

Other noninterest expense

     94,212         68,340         4,634        30,613         (117     197,682   
                                                   

Income before income taxes

     26,631         55,354         (3,122     8,500         (378     86,985   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     4,674         14,854         (1,163     3,254         —          21,619   
                                                   

Net income (loss)

   $ 21,957       $ 40,500       $ (1,959   $ 5,246       $ (378   $ 65,366   
                                                   

Total assets

   $ 4,163,024       $ 3,008,320       $ 155,862      $ 871,758       $ (1,031,710   $ 7,167,254   

Total interest income from affiliates

   $ 9,768       $ 8       $ —        $ —         $ (9,776   $ —     

Total interest income from external customers

   $ 158,237       $ 145,538       $ 5,088      $ 26,574       $ —        $ 335,437   

The Company allocated administrative charges among its Louisiana, Alabama and Other segments and its Mississippi segment and the Parent Company. This allocation was based on an analysis of costs for 2008. The administrative charges allocated to the Louisiana segment were $21.1 million in 2010, $22.4 million in 2009, and $18.9 million in 2008. The administrative charges allocated to the Alabama segment were $0.8 in 2010, $0.2 million in 2009, and $0.05 in 2008. The Other segment’s allocated charges were $3.7 million in 2010, $2.6 million in 2009 and $1.2 million in 2008. The aforementioned administrative charges were allocated from the Mississippi segment ($25.2 million in 2010, $25.8 million in 2009, and $20.3 million in 2008). Administrative charges allocated from the Parent Company were $0.4 million in 2010, $0.1 million in 2009 and $0.1 million in 2008.

Goodwill and other intangible assets assigned to the Mississippi segment totaled approximately $34.5 million, of which $23.4 million represented goodwill and $11.1 million represented core deposit intangibles and mortgage servicing rights at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2009, goodwill and other intangible assets assigned to the Mississippi segment totaled approximately $24.6 million, of which $12.1 million represented goodwill and $12.5 million represented core deposit intangibles. The related core deposit amortization was approximately $1.9 million in 2010, $0.4 million in 2009, and $0.4 million in 2008. The increase in 2010 was caused by the $11.6 million core deposit intangible recorded in 2009 with the Peoples First acquisition.

Goodwill and other intangible assets assigned to the Louisiana segment totaled approximately $35.5 million, of which $33.8 million represented goodwill and $1.7 million represented core deposit intangibles at December 31, 2010. Goodwill and other intangible assets assigned to the Louisiana segment totaled approximately $36.1 million, of which $33.8 million represented goodwill and $2.3 million represented core deposit intangibles at December 31, 2009. The related core deposit amortization was approximately $0.6 million in 2010, $0.6 million in 2009, and $0.6 million in 2008.

 

110


Table of Contents

HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 17. Segment Reporting (continued)

 

Other intangible assets are also assigned to subsidiaries that are included in the “Other” category in the table above and totaled $5.2 million at December 31, 2010 and $6.3 million at December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2010, those intangibles consist of goodwill of approximately $4.5 million and the value of insurance expirations of approximately $0.7 million.

The Company performed a fair value based impairment test of goodwill and determined that the fair values of these reporting units exceeded their carrying values at September 2010, 2009 and 2008. No events occurred subsequent to testing that would indicate the need to re-perform the impairment analysis. No impairment loss, therefore, was recorded.

Note 18. Condensed Parent Company Information

The following condensed financial information reflects the accounts and transactions of Hancock Holding Company (parent company only) for the dates indicated (in thousands):

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2009  

Assets:

     

Cash

   $ 787       $ 306   

Investment in bank subsidiaries

     833,965         816,033   

Investment in non-bank subsidiaries

     20,798         20,591   

Due from subsidiaries and other assets

     1,567         1,526   
                 
   $ 857,117       $ 838,456   
                 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:

     

Due to subsidiaries

   $ 569       $ 139   

Other liabilities

     —           654   

Stockholders’ equity

     856,548         837,663   
                 
   $ 857,117       $ 838,456   
                 

Condensed Statements of Income

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010      2009     2008  

Operating Income

       

From subsidiaries

       

Dividends received from bank subsidiaries

   $ 41,500       $ 36,700      $ 43,700   

Dividends received from non-bank subsidiaries

     —           —          —     

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries greater than (less than) dividends received

     10,471         38,161        21,646   
                         

Total operating income

     51,971         74,861        65,346   

Other (expense) income

     342         (178     (19

Income tax provision (benefit)

     107         (92     (39
                         

Net income

   $ 52,206       $ 74,775      $ 65,366   
                         

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  

Cash flows from operating activities - principally dividends received from subsidiaries

   $ 31,241      $ 36,743      $ 35,493   
                        

Cash flows from investing activities - principally contribution of capital to subsidiary

     (454     (181,798     (20,500
                        

Net cash used by investing activities

     (454     (181,798     (20,500
                        

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Dividends paid to stockholders

     (36,182     (32,011     (30,453

Stock transactions, net

     5,876        173,319        15,670   
                        

Net cash used by financing activities

     (30,306     141,308        (14,783
                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     481        (3,747     210   

Cash, beginning of year

     306        4,053        3,843   
                        

Cash, end of year

   $ 787      $ 306      $ 4,053   
                        

 

111


Table of Contents

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Effective as of January 1, 2009, the Board of Directors of Hancock Holding Company (“the Company”) appointed PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, a firm of independent certified public accountants, as auditors for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2009, and until their successors are selected.

The Company has been advised that neither the firm nor any of its partners has any direct or any material indirect financial interest in the securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except as auditors and consultants on accounting procedures and tax matters.

Additionally, during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and through the subsequent period through the current period, there were no consultations between the Company and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP regarding: (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed; or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Company’s financial statements and either a written report was provided to the Company or oral advice was provided that the new accountant concluded was an important factor considered by the Company in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing, or financial reporting issue (ii) any matter that was the subject of a disagreement under Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K, or a reportable event under Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K; or (iii) any other matter.

Although not required to do so, the Company’s Board of Directors chose to submit its appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for ratification by the Company’s shareholders. This matter was submitted to the Company’s shareholders for ratification and approved during the Company’s annual meeting held on March 18, 2010.

No Adverse Opinion or Disagreement

The audit reports of KPMG LLP on the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008 did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. The audit report of KPMG LLP on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

The Company has agreed to indemnify and hold KPMG LLP harmless against and from any and all legal costs and expenses incurred by KPMG LLP in successful defense of any legal action or proceeding that arises as a result of KPMG’s consent to the inclusion or incorporation by reference of its audit report on the Company’s past consolidated financial statements included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 and Form S-3 and Form S-4.

 

112


Table of Contents
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(c) and 15d-14(c), a company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” means controls and other procedures of an issuer that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms.

As of December 31, 2010, (the “Evaluation Date”), our Chief Executive Officers and Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in the Exchange Act Rules. Based on their evaluation, our Chief Executive Officers and Chief Financial Officer have concluded Hancock’s disclosure controls and procedures are sufficiently effective to ensure that material information relating to us and required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The management of Hancock Holding Company has prepared the consolidated financial statements and other information in our Annual Report in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and is responsible for its accuracy. The financial statements necessarily include amounts that are based on management’s best estimates and judgments. In meeting its responsibility, management relies on internal accounting and related control systems. The internal control systems are designed to ensure that transactions are properly authorized and recorded in our financial records and to safeguard our assets from material loss or misuse. Such assurance cannot be absolute because of inherent limitations in any internal control system.

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining the adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in the Exchange Act Rules 13 – 15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our principal executive officers and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management also conducted an assessment of requirements pertaining to Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA). This section relates to management’s evaluation of internal control over financial reporting including controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements and compliance with laws and regulations. Our evaluation included a review of the documentation of controls, evaluations of the design of the internal control system and tests of the effectiveness of internal controls.

Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, management concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2010. PricewatershouseCoopers LLP, under Auditing Standard No. 5, does not express an opinion on management’s assessment as occurred under Auditing Standard No. 2. Under Auditing Standard No. 5 management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. PricewatershouseCoopers’ responsibility is to express an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on their audit.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None

 

113


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Pursuant to General Instruction G (3), information on directors and executive officers of the Registrant will be incorporated by reference from the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the annual meeting to be held on March 31, 2011.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Pursuant to General Instructions G (3), information on executive compensation will be incorporated by reference from the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the annual meeting to be held on March 31, 2011.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Pursuant to General Instructions G (3), information on security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management will be incorporated by reference from the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the annual meeting to be held on March 31, 2011.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Pursuant to General Instructions G (3), information on certain relationships and related transactions will be incorporated by reference from the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the annual meeting to be held on March 31, 2011.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Pursuant to General Instructions G (3), information on principal accountant fees and services will be incorporated by reference from the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the annual meeting to be held on March 31, 2011.

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this report:

 

  1.

The following consolidated financial statements of Hancock Holding Company and subsidiaries are filed as part of this report under Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:

Consolidated balance sheets – December 31, 2010 and 2009

Consolidated statements of income – Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

Consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity – Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

Consolidated statements of cash flows –Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

Notes to consolidated financial statements – December 31, 2010 (pages 68 to 113)

 

  2.

Financial schedules required to be filed by Item 8 of this form, and by Item 15(d) below:

The schedules to the consolidated financial statements set forth by Article 9 of Regulation S-X are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.

 

  3.

Exhibits required to be filed by Item 601 of Regulation S-K, and by Item 15(b) below.

 

(b)

Exhibits:

All other financial statements and schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the required information is presented in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

 

114


Table of Contents

(a) 3. Exhibits:

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger between Hancock Holding Company and Lamar Capital Corporation dated February 21, 2001 (Appendix C to the Prospectus contained in the S-4 Registration Statement 333- 60280 filed on May 4, 2001 and incorporated by reference herein).
3.1    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation dated November 8, 1990 (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1990 and incorporated herein by reference).
3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws dated November 8, 1990 (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1990 and incorporated herein by reference).
3.3    Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Hancock Holding Company, dated October 16, 1991 (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1991).
3.4    Articles of Correction, filed with Mississippi Secretary of State on November 15, 1991 (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1991).
3.5    Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Hancock Holding Company, adopted February 13, 1992 (filed as Exhibit 3.5 to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992 and incorporated herein by reference).
3.6    Articles of Correction, filed with Mississippi Secretary of State on March 2, 1992 (filed as Exhibit 3.6 to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992 and incorporated herein by reference).
3.7    Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation adopted February 20, 1997 (filed as Exhibit 3.7 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference).
3.8    Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation adopted March 29, 2007 (filed as Exhibit 3.8 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).
4.1    Specimen stock certificate (reflecting change in par value from $10.00 to $3.33, effective March 6, 1989) (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1989 and incorporated herein by reference).
4.2    By executing this Form 10-K, the Registrant hereby agrees to deliver to the Commission upon request copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of the Registrant or its consolidated subsidiaries or its unconsolidated subsidiaries for which financial statements are required to be filed, where the total amount of such securities authorized there under does not exceed 10 percent of the total assets of the Registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.
*10.1    1996 Long Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995, and incorporated herein by reference).
*10.2    Description of Hancock Bank Executive Supplemental Reimbursement Plan, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference).
*10.3    Description of Hancock Bank Automobile Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference).
*10.4    Description of Deferred Compensation Arrangement for Directors (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

115


Table of Contents
*10.5    Hancock Holding Company 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan, filed as Appendix “A” to the Company's Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the Commission on February 28, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.
*10.6    Hancock Holding Company Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 21, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.7    Shareholder Rights Agreement dated as of February 21, 1997, between Hancock Holding Company and Hancock Bank, as Rights Agent as extended by the Company, attached as Exhibit 1 to Form 8-A12G filed with the Commission on February 27, 1997, as extended by Amendment No. 1 filed with the Commission as Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 20, 2007, both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
10.8    Purchase and Assumption Agreement (“Agreement”) with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Peoples First Community Bank, Panama City Florida (“PCFB”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation acting in its corporate capacity (“FDIC”), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 17, 2010.
*10.9    Agreement and Plan of Merger between Hancock Holding Company and Whitney Holding Corporation dated as of December 21, 2010 (Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 23, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference).
*10.10    Hancock Holding Company 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 5, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
21    Subsidiaries of Hancock Holding Company.
22    Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders on March 31, 2011 (deemed “filed” for the purposes of this Form 10-K only for those portions which are specifically incorporated herein by reference).
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
23.2    Consent of KPMG LLP.
31.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officers pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended.
31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended.
32.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officers Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

*

Compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

116


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY
                             Registrant
  February 28, 2011     By:   /s/    CARL J. CHANEY        
            Date       Carl J. Chaney
        President & Chief Executive Officer
        Director
  February 28, 2011     By:   /s/    JOHN M. HAIRSTON        
            Date       John M. Hairston
        Chief Executive Officer & Chief Operating Officer
        Director
  February 28, 2011     By:   /s/    MICHAEL M. ACHARY        
            Date       Michael M. Achary
        Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

/s/    JAMES B. ESTABROOK, JR        

James B. Estabrook, Jr.

  

Chairman of the Board, Director

  February 28, 2011

/s/    ALTON G. BANKSTON        

Alton G. Bankston

  

Director

  February 28, 2011

/s/    FRANK E. BERTUCCI        

Frank E. Bertucci

  

Director

  February 28, 2011

/s/    DON P. DESCANT        

Don P. Descant

  

Director

  February 28, 2011

/s/    JERRY LEVENS        

Jerry Levens

  

Director

  February 28, 2011

/s/    JAMES H. HORNE        

James H. Horne

  

Director

  February 28, 2011


Table of Contents

(signatures continued)

 

/s/    JOHN H. PACE        

John H. Pace

  

Director

  February 28, 2011

/s/    CHRISTINE L. PICKERING        

Christine L. Pickering

  

Director

  February 28, 2011

/s/    ROBERT W. ROSEBERRY        

Robert W. Roseberry

  

Director

  February 28, 2011

/s/    ANTHONY J. TOPAZI        

Anthony J. Topazi

  

Director

  February 28, 2011

/s/    RANDY HANNA        

Randy Hanna

  

Director

  February 28, 2011

/s/    THOMAS OLINDE        

Thomas Olinde

  

Director

  February 28, 2011

 


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number
   Description
2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger between Hancock Holding Company and Lamar Capital Corporation dated February 21, 2001 (Appendix C to the Prospectus contained in the S-4 Registration Statement 333-60280 filed on May 4, 2001 and incorporated by reference herein).
3.1    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation dated November 8, 1990 (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1990 and incorporated herein by reference).
3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws dated November 8, 1990 (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1990 and incorporated herein by reference).
3.3    Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Hancock Holding Company, dated October 16, 1991 (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1991).
3.4    Articles of Correction, filed with Mississippi Secretary of State on November 15, 1991 (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1991).
3.5    Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Hancock Holding Company, adopted February 13, 1992 (filed as Exhibit 3.5 to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992 and incorporated herein by reference).
3.6    Articles of Correction, filed with Mississippi Secretary of State on March 2, 1992 (filed as Exhibit 3.6 to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992 and incorporated herein by reference).
3.7    Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation adopted February 20, 1997 (filed as Exhibit 3.7 to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference).
3.8    Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation adopted March 29, 2007 (filed as Exhibit 3.8 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).
4.1    Specimen stock certificate (reflecting change in par value from $10.00 to $3.33, effective March 6, 1989) (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1989 and incorporated herein by reference).
4.2    By executing this Form 10-K, the Registrant hereby agrees to deliver to the Commission upon request copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of the Registrant or its consolidated subsidiaries or its unconsolidated subsidiaries for which financial statements are required to be filed, where the total amount of such securities authorized there under does not exceed 10 percent of the total assets of the Registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.
*10.1    1996 Long Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995, and incorporated herein by reference).
*10.2    Description of Hancock Bank Executive Supplemental Reimbursement Plan, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference).
*10.3    Description of Hancock Bank Automobile Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference).
*10.4    Description of Deferred Compensation Arrangement for Directors (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference).


Table of Contents
*10.5    Hancock Holding Company 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan, filed as Appendix “A” to the Company's Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the Commission on February 28, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.
*10.6    Hancock Holding Company Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 21, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.7    Shareholder Rights Agreement dated as of February 21, 1997, between Hancock Holding Company and Hancock Bank, as Rights Agent as extended by the Company, attached as Exhibit 1 to Form 8-A12G filed with the Commission on February 27, 1997, as extended by Amendment No. 1 filed with the Commission as Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 20, 2007, both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
10.8    Purchase and Assumption Agreement (“Agreement”) with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Peoples First Community Bank, Panama City Florida (“PCFB”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation acting in its corporate capacity (“FDIC”), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 17, 2010.
*10.9    Agreement and Plan of Merger between Hancock Holding Company and Whitney Holding Corporation dated as of December 21, 2010 (Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 23, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference).
*10.10    Hancock Holding Company 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 5, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
21    Subsidiaries of Hancock Holding Company.
22    Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders on March 31, 2011 (deemed “filed” for the purposes of this Form 10-K only for those portions which are specifically incorporated herein by reference).
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
23.2    Consent of KPMG LLP
31.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officers pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended.


Table of Contents
31.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended.
32.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officers Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
**101.INS   XBRL Instance Document
**101.SCH   XBRL Schema Document
**101.CAL   XBRL Calculation Document
**101.LAB   XBRL Label Linkbase Document
**101.PRE   XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document
**101.DEF   XBRL Definition Linkbase Document

 

*

Compensatory plan or arrangement.

**

Furnished with this Form 10-K.